WO2015015856A1 - Restriction-time frame pattern estimation method, restriction-time frame pattern estimation device, and system and program for same - Google Patents
Restriction-time frame pattern estimation method, restriction-time frame pattern estimation device, and system and program for same Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2015015856A1 WO2015015856A1 PCT/JP2014/062427 JP2014062427W WO2015015856A1 WO 2015015856 A1 WO2015015856 A1 WO 2015015856A1 JP 2014062427 W JP2014062427 W JP 2014062427W WO 2015015856 A1 WO2015015856 A1 WO 2015015856A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- frame
- frame pattern
- time limit
- area
- pattern
- Prior art date
Links
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims description 112
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 257
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 claims description 39
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 claims 2
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 62
- 230000007704 transition Effects 0.000 description 45
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 description 40
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 29
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 17
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 16
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 15
- 238000013468 resource allocation Methods 0.000 description 13
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 9
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 9
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000007726 management method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000007274 generation of a signal involved in cell-cell signaling Effects 0.000 description 4
- 101000741965 Homo sapiens Inactive tyrosine-protein kinase PRAG1 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102100038659 Inactive tyrosine-protein kinase PRAG1 Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 230000008571 general function Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000012935 Averaging Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000004931 aggregating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000010365 information processing Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000011664 signaling Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000010267 cellular communication Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012937 correction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006866 deterioration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002452 interceptive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000116 mitigating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013307 optical fiber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004065 semiconductor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008054 signal transmission Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001629 suppression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000707 wrist Anatomy 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W16/00—Network planning, e.g. coverage or traffic planning tools; Network deployment, e.g. resource partitioning or cells structures
- H04W16/24—Cell structures
- H04W16/32—Hierarchical cell structures
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W72/00—Local resource management
- H04W72/50—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources
- H04W72/54—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on quality criteria
Definitions
- the present invention relates to a time limit frame pattern estimation method, a time limit frame pattern estimation device, a system thereof, and a program thereof for estimating a time limit frame pattern.
- a wireless communication system conforming to a standard such as LTE (Long Term Evolution) standardized in 3GPP (Third Generation Partnership Project), it is assumed that a plurality of base stations are arranged in the wireless communication system.
- LTE Long Term Evolution
- 3GPP Third Generation Partnership Project
- each of these base stations arranged in the wireless communication system manages the communication area of the base station (hereinafter referred to as “cell” as appropriate).
- Each base station performs radio communication with a mobile station (hereinafter referred to as “terminal” as appropriate) located in a cell managed by the base station.
- each base station divides one cell into a plurality of parts by giving the antenna directivity. This divided area is called a “sector cell”.
- the term “cell” includes not only a cell but also a sector cell.
- edge terminal a terminal located at the boundary between adjacent cells (hereinafter referred to as “edge terminal” as appropriate) is adjacent to the cell in which it is located, regardless of whether it is an uplink or a downlink. It receives strong interference from neighboring cells.
- a low transmission power base station is called by various names such as a nanocell base station, a picocell base station, a femto base station, and the like, for example, a cell smaller than a macrocell base station is managed in the following description. These are collectively referred to as base stations and are appropriately referred to as “small cell base stations”.
- the cell form in which sector cells and small cell base stations are used as described above is called a heterogeneous network because cells of various sizes are mixed. And in heterogeneous networks, the area which becomes a boundary between cells expands with the increase in the number of cells, and interference between cells is especially regarded as a problem.
- 3GPP Release 10 has standardized ABS (Almost Blank Blank Subframe) by eICIC (enhanced Inter Cell Cell Interference Coordination) as a management technology for inter-cell interference (non-patented). Reference 1).
- Subframe refers to a unit time of radio resource allocation.
- EICIC is also called time domain ICIC.
- ABS is one in which one or both of adjacent base stations (which may be either a macro cell base station or a small cell base station) intermittently stop transmission.
- adjacent base stations which may be either a macro cell base station or a small cell base station
- the interfered base station (victim) does not need to receive interference, and thus the throughput of the terminals located in the interfered base station Will improve.
- a base station that has set an ABS stops transmission of signals on a data channel (PDSCH: Physical Downlink Shared Channel) and a control channel (PDCCH: Physical Downlink Control Channel). To do.
- PDSCH Physical Downlink Shared Channel
- PDCCH Physical Downlink Control Channel
- the reception quality of the terminal for example, SINR: SignalSignTo Interference and Noise Ratio
- SINR SignalSignTo Interference and Noise Ratio
- FIG. 18 and the following description referring to them are not directly described in publicly known documents including Non-Patent Document 1. However, it is a content generally understood by those skilled in the art who are in contact with these known documents.
- FIG. 18 is a diagram illustrating an overview of a wireless communication system 1000 that is a configuration example of a wireless communication system that applies eICIC to a downlink and an operation procedure thereof.
- the radio communication system 1000 includes two base stations, a macro cell base station 1001 and a small cell base station 1002, and five terminals 1011 to 1013 and 1021 to 1022.
- the two base stations, the macro cell base station 1001 and the base station 1002, can communicate with each other via an inter-base station interface (X2 Interface).
- the macro cell base station 1001 is a base station that manages a macro cell.
- the small cell base station 1002 has a lower transmission power than the macro cell base station and is a base station that manages the small cell.
- the macro cell base station 1001 manages the macro cell 1010, and the base station 1002, which is a small cell base station, manages the small cell 1020.
- Terminals 1011 to 1013 are terminals located in the macro cell 1010 and connected to the base station 1001. In the following description, the terminals 1011 to 1013 are particularly referred to as macro cell terminals 1011 to 1013.
- the terminals 1021 to 1022 are terminals located in the small cell 1020 and connected to the base station 1002. In the following description, the terminals 1021 to 1022 are particularly referred to as small cell terminals 1021 to 1022.
- FIG. 19 is a diagram illustrating an example of ABS setting. As illustrated in FIG. 19, the macro cell base station 1001 sets an ABS with 40 Subframe as one unit. In this 40 subframe, switching is performed at a predetermined cycle in which “Non-ABS”, which is a subframe other than ABS and ABS, is set.
- Non-ABS which is a subframe other than ABS and ABS
- the macro cell base station 1001 notifies the small cell base station 1002 of the set ABS information (hereinafter referred to as “ABS Status” as appropriate) via the X2 Interface.
- ABS Status describes the ABS pattern in which ABS is set to 1 and Non-ABS is set to 0 for the ABS set by the base station, and the proportion of ABS in 40 Subframes. Has been.
- the small cell base station 1002 measures the communication path quality and notifies the small cell terminal 1021 and the small cell terminal 1022 of CQI-ReportingConfig which is a notification for reporting CSI (Channel State information). To do.
- the small cell terminal 1021 and the small cell terminal 1022 report the CS to the small cell base station 1001 (see Non-Patent Document 3).
- CQI-ReportingConfig distinguishes between ABS and Non-ABS, and reports that CSI is separately reported by ABS and Non-ABS and simply reports periodically without distinguishing between ABS and Non-ABS.
- notifications There are two types of notifications: notifications. In this case, since the ABS Status notification has not yet been made or all of the ABS patterns are 0, it is not necessary to distinguish between ABS and Non-ABS, so the latter is notified.
- the small cell terminal 1021 and the small cell terminal 1022 periodically measure the channel quality according to the CQI-Reporting Config notified from the small cell base station 1002, without distinguishing between the ABS and the Non-ABS, and the channel quality Is reported to the small cell base station 1002 as CSI.
- the small cell base station 1002 determines MCS (Modulation and Coding Scheme) based on the communication channel quality converted from CQI (Channel Quality and Indicator) included in the notified CSI.
- the MCS is composed of, for example, a combination of a modulation scheme and a coding scheme ranked according to transmission rate.
- the small cell base station 1002 distinguishes the ABS and the Non-ABS from the small cell terminal 1021 and the small cell terminal 1022 in accordance with the notified ABS Status, and measures the CSI separately for the ABS and the Non-ABS.
- the CSI is reported to the small cell terminal 1021 and the small cell terminal 1022 by notifying the CQI-ReportingConfig to be performed.
- the small cell terminal 1021 and the small cell terminal 1022 measure the ABS channel quality and the Non-ABS channel quality according to the notified CQI-Reporting Config. Then, the small cell terminal 1021 and the small cell terminal 1022 report the measured channel quality information to the small cell base station 1002 as CSI for each ABS and Non-ABS.
- the small cell base station 1002 determines the MCS based on the channel quality indicated by the CSI of the ABS when the ABS radio resource allocation is performed. Further, when non-ABS radio resource allocation is performed, the MCS is determined based on the channel quality indicated by the non-ABS CSI.
- the ABS increases the transport block size (TBS) compared to the non-ABS, and thus the throughput of the small cell terminal 1021 and the small cell terminal 1022 is improved.
- TBS transport block size
- Patent Document 1 A specific application example of the technology related to the ABS as described above is described in Patent Document 1, for example.
- the ABS configuration determination unit of the OMC defines an ABS configuration table that is defined so as to reduce the frequency of stopping downlink transmission as the number of HeNBs decreases and to increase the frequency of stopping downlink transmission as the number of HeNBs increases. Prepare. Then, the ABS configuration determination unit acquires the number of HeNBs in the MeNB area, determines an ABS configuration corresponding to the acquired number of HeNBs from the ABS configuration table, and determines to apply to the MeNB.
- the X2 Interface is not provided between the macro cell base station 1001 and the small cell base station 1002.
- the manufacturing vendors of the macro cell base station 1001 and the small cell base station 1002 are different from each other and the interconnection test is not performed in consideration of the working time, or because many small cell base stations 1002 are set.
- the macro cell base station 1001 sets the ABS, the throughput of the small cell terminal 1021 and the small cell terminal 1022 is not improved, and the throughput of the macro cell terminal 1011 to the macro cell terminal 1013 is nevertheless improved.
- the problem arises that only the deterioration occurs. This is not limited to the configuration shown in FIG. 18, and it is necessary to notify the ABS setting using the X2 Interface even in a general technique such as the configuration described in Patent Document 1, for example. Problems arise.
- the reason why such a problem occurs will be explained.
- the ABS status is not notified from the macro cell base station 1001 that has set the ABS to the small cell base station 1002. Therefore, the small cell base station 1002 distinguishes the ABS and the Non-ABS from the small cell terminal 1021 and the small cell terminal 1022, and describes the CQI that describes information for measuring the channel quality individually in the ABS and the Non-ABS. -Reporting Config cannot be notified.
- the small cell terminal 1021 and the small cell terminal 1022 measure the channel quality without distinguishing between the ABS and the Non-ABS, and notify the small cell base station of CSI, which is channel quality information.
- FIG. 20 represents an example of data in which an estimated value of channel quality converted from CQI and an actual value of channel quality at the time of user data transmission are arranged in time series. .
- the small cell terminal (e.g., corresponding to the small cell terminal 1021 in the configuration of FIG. 18) measures the instantaneous value of 1 Subframe as the channel quality in 5 Subframe cycles, and the small cell base station (for example, the configuration of FIG. 18) after 4 Subframes of measurement. If so, it is reported to the small cell base station 1002).
- the small cell base station determines radio resource allocation such as MCS based on the estimated channel quality value converted from the CQI reported from the small cell terminal. That is, a certain 1 Subframe (for example, k-4 in FIG. 20) is an ABS, and an instantaneous value of the certain 1 Subframe is set to an ABS to a small base station after 4 Subframes of measurement (for example, k in FIG.
- the small cell terminal does not report the channel quality of a certain one subframe as CQI as described above, but reports the channel quality of a plurality of subframes as an average CQI.
- the present invention provides an ABS even when a time limit frame pattern such as an ABS pattern is not notified from a base station that manages a cell that has a time limit frame setting such as an ABS to a base station that manages its neighboring cells. It is an object of the present invention to provide a time limit frame pattern estimation method, a time limit frame pattern estimation apparatus, a system thereof, and a program thereof capable of estimating a time limit frame pattern such as a pattern.
- a frame in which radio communication is restricted based on a predetermined frame pattern The quality of each of the plurality of frames is measured by measuring a signal from at least the second area in the first area in a situation where the time frame is switched to a time frame other than the time limit frame.
- the frame to be determined this time is either the time limit frame or a time frame other than the time limit frame.
- estimating the time limit frame pattern estimation apparatus and estimates what frame pattern as the predetermined frame pattern by performing the estimation for a plurality of frames is used is provided.
- a time limit frame pattern estimation method performed by a computer, wherein in a second area where radio communication that interferes with radio communication in the first area is performed, a predetermined area is used.
- a time limit frame that is a frame for which wireless communication is restricted based on the frame pattern and a time frame other than the time limit frame, at least from the second area in the first area
- the quality index is calculated for each of a plurality of frames by measuring the signal, and the calculated quality index calculated based on the calculated quality index of each of the plurality of frames and any of the plurality of frames and the current determination target
- the quality index of the frame to be determined the frame to be determined this time is And a frame other than the time limit frame is estimated, and the estimation is performed for a plurality of frames to estimate what frame pattern is used as the predetermined frame pattern.
- the radio communication is limited based on a predetermined frame pattern.
- Each of the plurality of first area base stations measures a signal from at least the second area under the situation of switching between a time limit frame that is a frame to be transmitted and a time frame other than the time limit frame.
- the time frame other than the time frame is estimated, and by performing the estimation for a plurality of frames, it is estimated what frame pattern is used as the predetermined frame pattern.
- Each base station notifies each other of the estimated frame pattern and re-estimates the frame pattern based on both the frame pattern estimated by the base station itself and the frame pattern notified from the other base station.
- a featured limited time frame pattern estimation system is provided.
- the radio communication is limited based on a predetermined frame pattern.
- a time limit frame that is a frame to be transmitted and a time frame other than the time limit frame
- a plurality of frames are measured by measuring a signal from at least the second area in the first area.
- a quality index is calculated for each, and the calculated quality index calculated based on the calculated quality index of each of the plurality of frames is compared with the quality index of the frame that is the current determination target of any of the plurality of frames.
- the frame to be determined this time is the time frame other than the time limit frame and the time frame other than the time limit frame.
- the frame pattern estimated by each base station is estimated by performing the estimation on a plurality of frames to estimate what frame pattern is used as the predetermined frame pattern.
- To the master node and the master node re-estimates the frame pattern based on the plurality of frame patterns reported from each base station, and notifies each base station of the re-estimated frame pattern.
- a featured master node is provided.
- the frame in which wireless communication is restricted based on a predetermined frame pattern determines the predetermined frame pattern that can be used in the second area under the situation of switching between the time limit frame that is and a time frame other than the time limit frame.
- a frame pattern is transmitted to the time limit frame pattern estimation device as a list, and the time limit frame pattern estimation device measures at least signals from the second area in each of the plurality of frames in the first area.
- a quality index is calculated, and a calculated quality index is calculated based on the calculated quality index of each of the plurality of frames.
- the quality index of the frame that is the current determination target among any of the plurality of frames, and the frame that is the current determination target is the time frame other than the time limit frame and the time frame other than the time limit frame
- the frame pattern in the list is estimated based on a frame pattern that is used as the predetermined frame pattern by performing the estimation for a plurality of frames. By selecting, the server apparatus in the system is provided in which the frame pattern is estimated again.
- the frame in which wireless communication is restricted based on a predetermined frame pattern in the second area in which wireless communication that interferes with wireless communication in the first area is performed, the frame in which wireless communication is restricted based on a predetermined frame pattern.
- the base station in the second area determines the predetermined frame pattern that can be used in the second area under the situation of switching between a time limit frame that is a time frame and a time frame other than the time limit frame. Then, the determined predetermined frame pattern is transmitted as a list to the time limit frame pattern estimation device, and the time limit frame pattern estimation device measures a signal from at least the second area in the first area. To calculate the quality index for each of the plurality of frames, and calculate based on the calculated quality index for each of the plurality of frames.
- the current determination target frame is the time limit frame and the time limit frame.
- the list is based on a frame pattern that is estimated as a frame pattern that is used as the predetermined frame pattern by estimating the time frame other than the time frame and performing the estimation for a plurality of frames.
- a base station of the second area in the system is provided, wherein the frame pattern is re-estimated by selecting a frame pattern within.
- the seventh aspect of the present invention in the second area in which radio communication that interferes with radio communication in the first area is performed, frames in which radio communication is restricted based on a predetermined frame pattern
- the quality of each of the plurality of frames is measured by measuring a signal from at least the second area in the first area in a situation where the time frame is switched to a time frame other than the time limit frame.
- the frame to be determined this time is either the time limit frame or a time frame other than the time limit frame.
- a computer that functions as a time-limited frame pattern estimation device for estimating what frame pattern is used as the predetermined frame pattern by performing estimation for a plurality of frames.
- a time frame estimation program is provided.
- the ABS A time limit frame pattern such as a pattern can be estimated.
- Wireless communication systems 100-1, 100-2, 400-1, 500-1, 500-2, 600-1, 700-1 Small cell base station 101
- Base station operation unit 102 Reference signal generation units 103, 403 NLM transition units 104, 504, 604 ABS pattern estimation units 104-1, 504-1, 604-1 DL quality index calculation units 104-2, 504-2, 604-2 ABS pattern estimation execution unit 105 transmission buffer 106 scheduler 200 -1, 200-2 Macrocell base stations 300-P1-1, 300-P1-2, 300-P2-1, 300-P2-2, 300-M1-1, 300-M1-2, 300-M2-1 300-M2-2 terminal 301 terminal operation unit 302 channel quality measurement unit 700 OAM server 900 communication line network
- the throughput of the small cell terminal can be improved even when the macro cell base station does not notify the small cell base station of the ABS status.
- the small cell base station estimates the ABS pattern of the macro cell base station using the channel quality information measured by itself.
- the small cell base station can acquire an appropriate channel quality at the ABS and the Non-ABS, so that the MCS appropriate for the actual communication quality can be obtained. This is because it can be assigned.
- the above is the outline of the embodiment of the present invention.
- a radio communication system 10 includes small cell base stations 100-1 and 100-2, macro cell base stations 200-1 and 200-2, a plurality of terminals 300-P1-1, 300-P1-2, 300-P2-1, 300-P2-2, 300-M1-1, 300-M1-2, 300-M2-1 and 300-M2-2.
- the configuration of each embodiment is merely an example for description. That is, each of the following embodiments is a preferred embodiment of the present invention, but the scope of the present invention is not limited only to the above-described embodiment, and various modifications are made without departing from the gist of the present invention. Implementation in the form is possible.
- FIG. 1 illustrates an example in which the wireless communication system 10 includes two macro cell base stations and two small cell base stations, but the wireless communication system 10 includes one or three of these base stations. It is good to include more than one unit. Further, the wireless communication system 10 may include more or fewer terminals than the terminals illustrated in FIG. In this description, the wireless communication system 10 is assumed to be applied to the downlink in the communication conforming to LTE, but the present embodiment may be realized in conformity with other communication methods.
- the symbol of the terminal 300 includes the letter P or M.
- M is an acronym for Macro
- P is an acronym for Pico.
- the pico cell is referred to as a small cell in the following description.
- a picocell base station is called a small cell base station.
- terminal 300-P1-X means that the terminal 300 is the terminal 300 connected to the small cell base station 100-1.
- terminal 300-M1-Y means that terminal 300 is terminal 300 connected to macro cell base station 200-1.
- X and Y are arbitrary indexes for identifying terminals in each base station.
- each terminal connected to the small cell base station for example, the terminals 300-P1-1, 300-P1-2, 300-P2-1 and 300-P2-2
- the macro cell base station When the items common to the terminals (for example, 300-M1-1, 300-M1-2, 300-M2-1, and 300-M2-2) connected to the mobile terminal are described, -P is "," and "Macrocell terminal 300-M is”. Further, when a common item is described regardless of the connected base station, “terminal 300 is” is described.
- the small cell base stations 100-1 and 100-2 and the macro cell base stations 200-1 and 200-2 can communicate with each other via a communication line network 900 (denoted as NW900 in the figure). .
- NW900 a communication line network 900
- each small cell base station 100 and each macro cell base station 200 can manage cells that are a plurality of communication areas. However, in the following description, an example in which each small cell base station 100 and each macro cell base station 200 manages one communication area will be described in order to simplify the description and clarify the gist.
- Each small cell base station 100 is a low transmission power base station and has a narrow communication area compared to each macro cell base station 200. In addition, it is assumed that at least part or all of the communication area of each small cell base station 100 is included in the communication area of each macro cell base station 200.
- Each small cell base station 100 performs wireless communication with a terminal 300-P existing in a communication area managed by the base station 100. Each small cell base station 100 can simultaneously perform radio communication with each of the plurality of terminals 300-P.
- Each macro cell base station 200 is a base station having a wider communication area than each small cell base station 100.
- Each macro cell base station 200 performs wireless communication with a terminal 300-M existing in a communication area excluding the communication area managed by each small cell base station 100 from the communication area managed by each macro cell base station 200 itself. I do. Similar to each small cell base station 100, each macro cell base station 200 can perform wireless communication simultaneously with each of the plurality of terminals 300-M.
- each small cell base station 100 and each macro cell base station 200 are realized by an information processing device (not shown).
- the information processing apparatus includes a central processing unit (for example, CPU: Central Processing Unit) (not shown) and a storage device (memory and hard disk drive (for example, HDD: Hard Disk Drive)).
- the central processing unit reads a program specific to the present embodiment which is software stored in the storage device, and according to the result of the arithmetic processing based on this program. This is realized by controlling each hardware.
- Each terminal 300 can be realized by an arbitrary device, but in the present embodiment, it is assumed to be realized by a mobile phone.
- an arbitrary device for realizing each terminal 300 is, for example, a personal computer, a PHS (Personal Handyphone System) terminal, a PDA (Personal Data Assistant, Personal Digital Assistant), a smartphone, a tablet terminal, a car navigation terminal, Or a game terminal etc. may be sufficient.
- Each terminal 300 includes a central processing unit (for example, a CPU), a storage device (for example, a memory), an input device (for example, a key button and a microphone), and an output unit (for example, a display and a speaker).
- a central processing unit for example, a CPU
- a storage device for example, a memory
- an input device for example, a key button and a microphone
- an output unit for example, a display and a speaker.
- Each terminal 300 is realized by the central processing unit reading a program specific to the present embodiment, which is software stored in the storage device, and controlling each hardware according to the result of the arithmetic processing based on this program Is done.
- FIG. 2 is a block diagram showing functions of the small cell base station 100-1 in the wireless communication system 10 shown in FIG. Note that this time, the small cell base station 100-1 will be described as a representative of each small cell base station 100, but the functions of the other small cell base stations 100 (for example, the small cell base station 100-2) The function is the same as that of the cell base station 100-1.
- the small cell base station 100-1 includes a base station operation unit 101, a reference signal generation unit 102, an NLM transition unit 103, an ABS pattern estimation unit 104, a transmission buffer 105, and a scheduler 106.
- the base station operation unit 101 has various functions. Specifically, the base station operation unit 101 has a function of transmitting and receiving radio signals between the small cell base station 100-1 and each terminal 300-P1 that is connected. Further, the base station operation unit 101 has a function of notifying each terminal 300-P1 of an allocated band used for transmission / reception of a radio signal, scheduling information such as MCS Index, and transmission power setting information.
- the base station operation unit 101 has a function of holding the ABS pattern of the macrocell base station 200-1 estimated by the ABS pattern estimation unit 104.
- the base station operation unit 101 has a function of notifying each terminal 300-P1 of CQI-Reporting Config based on the ABS pattern.
- the CQI-ReportingConfig distinguishes between ABS and Non-ABS, and ABS and Non-ABS It is a notification that causes CSI to be reported individually by the ABS.
- the CQI-ReportingConfig is a notification for simply reporting periodically without distinguishing the ABS and the Non-ABS. .
- the base station operation unit 101 has a peripheral base station list in which information used for identifying the macro cell base station 200-1 and other peripheral macro cell base stations 200-k (k ⁇ 1) is described. is doing. Then, the base station (hereinafter referred to as “peripheral base station”) described in the peripheral base station list and the report timing of each channel quality of the small cell base station 100-1 are transmitted to each terminal 300-P1. It has a function to notify.
- the base station operation unit 101 has a function of receiving radio signals from neighboring base stations. Further, the base station operation unit 101 has a function of holding ABS setting information (ABS Status) of neighboring base stations.
- Each function of these base station operation units 101 is a general function as a base station except for differences such as the estimated ABS pattern to be held. are well known to those skilled in the art, and thus the description thereof is omitted.
- the reference signal generation unit 102 has a function of generating a reference signal used by each terminal 300-P1 to measure the channel quality with the small cell base station 100-1.
- the reference signal generation unit 102 transmits the generated signal to each terminal 300-P1 via the base station operation unit 101.
- the NLM transition unit 103 has a function of determining whether or not to shift the small cell base station 100-1 to NLM (Network Listen Mode).
- NLM is a mode in which the base station itself receives a downlink signal.
- NLM is defined in detail in Non-Patent Document 4.
- the NLM shifting unit 103 stops the operation of the base station operating unit 101 that transmits a radio signal to each terminal 300-P1. Further, when shifting to NLM, the NLM shifting unit 103 stops the operation of the scheduler 106 via the base station operation unit 101. Furthermore, when shifting to NLM, the NLM shifting unit 103 causes the base station operation unit 101 to start receiving radio signals from neighboring base stations.
- the ABS pattern estimation unit 104 has a function of estimating the ABS pattern of the macrocell base station 200-1.
- the ABS pattern estimation unit 104 includes a DL quality index calculation unit 104-1 and an ABS pattern estimation execution unit 104-2.
- the DL quality index calculation unit 104-1 refers to a list of neighboring base stations held by the base station operation unit 101, and is a “quality index” that is a standard for determining the interference level from the macro cell base station 200-1. ”Is measured.
- the base station applies the NLM, thereby referring to the list of neighboring base stations held by the base station operation unit 101 and RSRP (Reference Signal Received of the neighboring base stations. Power), RSRQ, RSSI (Received Signal Signal Strength) Indicator, etc. can be measured.
- RSRP Reference Signal Received of the neighboring base stations. Power
- RSRQ Reference Signal Received Quality
- RSSI Receiveived Signal Signal Strength
- any one of these scales can be adopted as the quality index.
- RSRQ Reference Signal Received Quality
- the DL quality index calculation unit 104-1 aggregates the measured quality index at the ABS setting period, and calculates the average quality index for all the subframes in the ABS setting period and the average quality index of each subframe in the ABS setting period. Has the function to calculate.
- the ABS setting cycle is 40 subframes.
- Each calculated average quality index is used by the ABS pattern estimation execution unit 104-2.
- the ABS pattern estimation execution unit 104-2 has a function of estimating the ABS pattern of the macro cell base station 200-1 using each average quality index calculated by the DL quality index calculation unit 104-1.
- the estimation result is output to the base station operation unit 101, and the estimation result is managed by the base station operation unit 101. A specific estimation method will be described later as an explanation of the operation.
- the ABS pattern estimation execution unit 104-2 has a function of terminating the NLM of the small cell base station 100-1 that has moved to the NLM.
- the ABS pattern estimation execution unit 104-2 stops the operation of the base station operation unit 101 that receives radio signals from the neighboring base stations.
- the ABS pattern estimation execution unit 104-2 causes the base station operation unit 101 to resume transmission of radio signals to each terminal 300-P1. Further, when the NLM is terminated, the ABS pattern estimation execution unit 104-2 restarts the operation of the scheduler 106 via the base station operation unit 101.
- the transmission buffer 105 has a function of accumulating both transmission data addressed to each terminal 300-P1 arriving via the communication line network 900 and information used for transmitting the transmission data.
- the scheduler 106 determines the transmission power, frequency band, and MCS index assigned to each terminal 300-P1, based on the accumulated transmission data addressed to each terminal 300-P1 and the CSI reported from each terminal 300-P1. To do.
- the scheduler 106 has a function of transmitting data to each terminal 300-P1 via the base station operation unit 101 according to the determination content.
- the scheduler 106 when CSI is individually reported by the ABS and the Non-ABS from each terminal 300-P1, the scheduler 106 performs radio resource allocation by distinguishing between the ABS and the Non-ABS. That is, in this case, the ABS CSI is used for radio resource allocation in the ABS, and the Non-ABS CSI is used for radio resource allocation in the Non-ABS. On the other hand, when CSI that is not distinguished between ABS and Non-ABS is reported, the scheduler 106 uses CSI that is not distinguished between ABS and Non-ABS in radio resource allocation in ABS and Non-ABS.
- FIG. 2 is a block diagram showing functions of the terminal 300-P1-1 in the wireless communication system 10 shown in FIG.
- the terminal 300-P1-1 is described as a representative of each terminal 300.
- the other terminals 300 for example, the terminal 300-P1-2, the terminal 300-P2-1, the terminal 300-P2-2
- the functions of the terminal 300-M1-1 and the terminal 300-M1-2 are the same as those of the terminal 300-P1-1.
- the terminal 300-P1-1 includes a terminal operation unit 301 and a channel quality measurement unit 302.
- the terminal operation unit 301 is a part that realizes a general function for causing the terminal 300-P1-1 to function as a wireless communication terminal.
- the general function is, for example, a function of determining a cell that requests connection when establishing a communication link from an idle state, or a connection with the terminal 300-P1-1 (a communication link has been established). This is a function of transmitting / receiving a radio signal to / from the small cell base station 100-1.
- the function of the terminal operation unit 301 is a well-known function in a general wireless communication system, and the configuration and operation related to the function are well known to those skilled in the art, and thus the description thereof is omitted.
- the channel quality measuring unit 302 has a function for measuring channel quality with respect to a reference signal and information on the measured channel quality in accordance with the CQI-ReportingConfig notified from the small cell base station 100-1. It has the function to transmit to.
- the channel quality is CQI (Channel Quality Indicator) calculated from SINR with respect to the reference signal of the small cell base station 100-1.
- each small cell base station 100 described above estimates the ABS pattern of each macro cell base station 200 and notifies the small cell terminal 300-P of CQI-ReportingConfig based on the estimation result will be described with reference to FIGS. This will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
- the operation procedure of the small cell base station 100-1 will be described as an example, but the other small cell base stations 100 operate in the same manner as the small cell base station 100-1.
- FIG. 4 shows an operation procedure in which the NLM transition unit 103 of the small cell base station 100-1 determines whether or not to move the small cell base station 100-1 to the NLM.
- the NLM transition unit 103 performs the operation illustrated in FIG. 4 in each subframe.
- the NLM transition unit 103 determines whether or not the current time (T [Subframe]) is a preset transition start time (T_start [Subframe]) to the NLM using Equation 1 below (step S11). ).
- Step S11 If the numerical formula 1 is satisfied (Yes in Step S11), the NLM transition unit 103 moves the small cell base station 100-1 to the NLM (Step S12). Thereafter, the NLM transition unit 103 ends the process of FIG.
- the NLM transition unit 103 ends the process of FIG. 4 without performing further processes.
- FIG. 5 shows that the ABS pattern estimation unit 104 of the small cell base station 100-1 measures the RSRQ of the macro cell base station 200-1, calculates the average quality index by summing the RSRQ, and calculates the quality index.
- 10 is a flowchart showing a series of operation procedures for estimating an ABS pattern of the macrocell base station 200-1 by using it.
- the ABS pattern estimation unit 104 performs the operation illustrated in FIG. 5 in each subframe when the small cell base station 100-1 is an NLM.
- the ABS pattern estimation unit 104 includes two functional blocks, a DL quality index calculation unit 104-1 and an ABS pattern estimation execution unit 104-2.
- the operations of steps S21 to S24 are performed by the DL quality index calculation unit 104-1
- the operations of steps S25 to S30 are performed by the ABS pattern estimation execution unit 104-2.
- the DL quality index calculation unit 104-1 and the ABS pattern estimation execution unit 104-2 are not distinguished for each processing step, and only the operation of the ABS pattern estimation unit 104 will be described.
- the ABS pattern estimation unit 104 measures the RSRQ (RSRQ (T)) of the macro cell base station 200-1 at the current time T (step S21).
- the unit of RSRQ_T to be measured is a true value.
- RSRQ reference signal reception quality
- RSRQ is an index of LTE signal quality, and is defined as the ratio of RSRP and the received signal strength indicator (RSSI) of the carrier.
- the ABS pattern estimation unit 104 uses the following Equation 2 to determine what subframe the RSRQ of the macro cell base station 200-1 measured in step S21 is the ABS setting period (Tp_abs [Subframe]). Is calculated (step S22).
- i is a subframe number in the ABS setting cycle, and takes a value from 0 to Tp_abs-1.
- MOD (x, y) is a function that returns a remainder obtained by dividing x by y.
- the ABS pattern estimation unit 104 updates the RSRQ aggregate value (SUM_RSRQ (i)) of the i-th subframe in the ABS setting cycle using Equation 3 below (step S23).
- RSRQ aggregate value SUM_RSRQ (i)
- SumRSRQ (i) is the sum of RSRQ and is totaled with a true value.
- the initial value is 0.
- the ABS pattern estimation unit 104 updates the RSRQ count number (Num_measure (i)) of the i-th subframe in the ABS setting cycle by using Equation 4 below (step S24).
- the initial value of Num_measure (i) is 0.
- the ABS pattern estimation unit 104 determines whether or not the current time T is the end time of the NLM, using Equation 5 below (step S25).
- Tp_nlm [subframe] is the NLM duration of the small cell base station 100-1, and is set to 200 Subframe which is a multiple of the ABS setting period in this embodiment.
- Equation 5 is not satisfied (No in step S25), that is, if the current time T is not yet the end time of the NLM, the ABS pattern estimation unit 104 ends the process of FIG. And the ABS pattern estimation part 104 performs a process from step S21 again in the next subframe.
- step S25 the ABS pattern estimation unit 104 calculates the average value (RSRQ_ave [dB]) of the RSRQ of the macrocell base station 200-1 in the ABS setting cycle using the following Equation 6 (step S26).
- DB [x] is a function that returns a value obtained by converting the true value x into dB.
- the ABS pattern estimation unit 104 calculates the average value (RSRQ_ind (i) [dB]) of the RSRQ of the macro cell base station 200-1 in each subframe in the ABS setting cycle using the following Equation 7. (Step S27).
- the ABS pattern estimation unit 104 estimates the ABS pattern of the macrocell base station 200-1 using Equation 8 below (step S28). Specifically, when Expression 8 is satisfied, subframe i that is the i-th subframe is estimated as the ABS of the macrocell base station 200-1. On the other hand, when Expression 8 is not satisfied, subframe i is estimated as the Non-ABS of the macrocell base station 200-1.
- the reason why the ABS pattern of the macro cell base station 200-1 is estimated in this process will be described.
- transmission by the macro cell base station 200-1 is performed as usual, so that the small cell managed by the small cell base station 100-1 receives interference from the macro cell base station 200-1.
- interference from the macro cell base station 200-1 is reduced.
- the average value of RSRQ of macro cell base station 200-1 in the ABS setting cycle is the average of interference when both Non-ABS and ABS are repeated. Therefore, the RSRQ of the macro cell base station 200-1 in the ABS is expected to be higher than the average value of the RSRQ of the macro cell base station 200-1 in the ABS setting cycle.
- the average RSRQ value in the subframe to be determined (corresponding to the “calculated quality index” of the present invention) is higher than the average RSRQ value of the macrocell base station 200-1 in the ABS setting cycle. If it is high, it can be estimated that the subframe to be determined is ABS.
- the measurement value may be blurred depending on the circumstances such as the environment at the time of measurement, in Equation 8, the difference between the average values is not determined in advance by simply comparing the average values and determining whether or not there is a difference. Whether or not it is greater than or equal to the set ABS determination threshold is used as a determination criterion.
- ⁇ Thr_RSRQ in Equation 8 represents a preset ABS determination threshold.
- the ABS determination threshold can be arbitrarily set and changed.
- the ABS pattern estimation unit 104 updates the transition start time T_start of the small cell base station 100-1 to the NLM using the following formula (9) (step S29).
- T_next_nlm is a transition period of the small cell base station 100-1 to the NLM.
- the transition period T_next_nlm is set to 600000 Subframe that is a multiple of the ABS setting period.
- the ABS pattern estimation unit 104 ends the NLM of the small cell base station 100-1 (step S30). Thereafter, the ABS pattern estimation unit 104 ends the process of FIG.
- the current time thereafter becomes the transition start time T_start updated in step S29 the result in step S12 is Yes, and the process in FIG. 5 is executed again.
- FIG. 6 shows an operation procedure when the base station operation unit 101 notifies each small cell terminal 300-P1 of CQI-ReportingConfig based on the ABS pattern of the macro cell base station 200-1 estimated by the ABS pattern estimation unit 104. It is shown.
- the base station operation unit 101 sends a CQI-ReportingConfig that periodically reports the channel quality to each small cell terminal. Notify 300-P1.
- the base station operation unit 101 determines whether or not ABS is included in the ABS pattern of the macro cell base station 200-1 estimated by the ABS pattern estimation unit 104 (step S41).
- the base station operation unit 101 determines that the ABS and Non-ABS are based on the ABS and Non-ABS of the macrocell base station 200-1 estimated by the ABS pattern estimation unit 104.
- the CQI-Reporting Config for reporting CSI individually is notified to each small cell terminal 300-P1 (step S42).
- step S41 when the ABS is not included (No in step S41), the base station operation unit 101 does not distinguish between the ABS and the Non-ABS, and simply sends a CQI-ReportingConfig to each small cell terminal 300- P1 is notified (step S43).
- the macro cell base station 200-1 sets an ABS, and the macro cell base station 200 Even when no ABS status notification is received from -1, the small base station 100-1 can estimate the ABS pattern by itself.
- the RSRQ of the macrocell base station 200-1 is used as the channel quality used for control, but a measure other than RSRQ may be used as the channel quality.
- RSSI can be used as the channel quality.
- the ABS pattern estimation unit 104 of the small cell base station 100-1 does not perform estimation using Equation 8 in step S28, but estimates Subframe i satisfying Equation 10 below as ABS.
- the basis for the estimation is the same as the estimation using Equation 8. That is, since the interference from the macro cell base station 200-1 is reduced in the ABS, the RSSI in the ABS is expected to be lower than the average value of the RSSI in the ABS setting period. Therefore, the following Equation 10 determines whether or not the average RSSI value in the subframe to be determined is lower than the average RSSI value of the macrocell base station 200-1 in the ABS setting cycle. It can be estimated that the subframe to be determined is ABS. The reason for using the ABS determination threshold is the same reason as the estimation using Equation 8.
- RSSI_ave (i) [dB] is the RSSI of the i-th subframe in the ABS setting cycle
- RSSI_ave is the average value of RSSI in the ABS setting cycle
- ⁇ Thr_RSRQ is the ABS determination threshold
- the small cell base station 100-1 ends the NLM when a predetermined time has elapsed after shifting to the NLM, and then estimates the ABS pattern.
- the ABS pattern may be periodically estimated to check whether the currently estimated ABS pattern matches the previously estimated (for example, the previous) ABS pattern. Then, the NLM may be terminated when the estimation results continuously match a predetermined number of times or more, for example. Thereby, the estimation accuracy of the ABS pattern can be improved.
- the small cell base station is periodically shifted to the NLM.
- the start condition of the NLM is set, and the event condition trigger is changed to satisfy the start condition.
- the point is different.
- a small divergence between the measured BLER value and the BLER target value in the small cell base station is used as an event trigger.
- the point which transfers a cell base station to NLM is different from 1st Embodiment.
- FIG. 7 is a block diagram showing functions of the small cell base station 400-1.
- the functions of the other small cell base stations 400 (for example, the small cell base station 400-2) are the same as the functions of the small cell base station 400-1.
- the small cell base station 400-1 in the second embodiment is different from the small cell base station 100-1 in the first embodiment in that it includes an NLM transition unit 403 instead of the NLM transition unit 103. Different. Therefore, in the following description, only the NLM transition unit 403 that is the difference will be described, and description of other common functional blocks will be omitted.
- the NLM transition unit 403 determines whether or not the small cell base station 400-1 should transition to NLM based on the average BLER of the small cell base station 400-1.
- the NLM transition unit 403 calculates the average BLER by counting the HARQ (Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request) response signals of TB (TransportBlock) reported from each terminal 300-P every predetermined period.
- HARQ response signals there are two types of HARQ response signals: ACK (Acknowledgement) reported when demodulation of transmitted TB is successful and NACK (Negative Acknowledgement) reported when demodulation fails.
- step S29 of the first embodiment in order to determine whether or not to shift to the NLM using the average BLER of the small cell base station 400-1, it is possible to return to the NLM performed in step S29 of the first embodiment.
- the transition start time is not set. Further, since the NLM transition unit 103 does not exist, the determination process in step S11 illustrated in FIG. 4 is not performed.
- FIG. 8 shows an operation procedure in which the NLM transition unit 403 of the small cell base station 400-1 determines whether or not to migrate the small cell base station 400-1 to the NLM.
- the operation procedure of each other small cell base station 400 (for example, the small cell base station 400-2) is the same as the operation procedure of the small cell base station 400-1.
- the NLM transition unit 403 performs the operation illustrated in FIG. 8 in each subframe.
- the NLM transition unit 403 uses the following formula 11 to count the number of first-time TB HARQ response signals (SumNum — 1stTx) notified to the small cell base station 400-1 (Step S51).
- Num_1stTx (T) is the number of HARQ response signals of the first transmission TB reported to the small cell base station 400-1 between time T-1 [subframe] and time T [subframe].
- the initial value of SumNum_1stTx is 0.
- the NLM transition unit 403 adds up the number of NACKs (SumNum_1stTx_NACK) in the HARQ response signal of the first transmission TB notified to the small cell base station 400-1 using Equation 12 below (Step S52). ).
- Num_1stTx_NACK (T) is the number of NACKs in Num_1stTx (T).
- the initial value of SumNum_1stTx_NACK is 0.
- the NLM transition unit 403 determines whether or not the current time T has reached the time for calculating the BLER of the small cell base station 400-1 using the following Equation 13 (step S53).
- Tp_bler is a BLER calculation period.
- the calculation cycle can be set arbitrarily, in this explanation, it is assumed that 200 Subframe, which is a multiple of the ABS setting cycle, is set.
- the NLM transition unit 403 calculates BLER (BLER_ave) of the small cell base station 400-1 using Expression 14 below (Step S54).
- ⁇ Thr_BLER is a transition determination threshold value, and is set to a value larger than the target value of BLER by a predetermined value.
- the NLM transition unit 403 transitions the small cell base station 400-1 to the NLM (step S12).
- the reason for shifting to the NLB when the BLER (BLER_ave) of the small cell base station 400-1 exceeds the shift determination threshold will be described. If the same ABS pattern is used without the macro cell base station 200-1 updating the ABS pattern, the accuracy of the ABS pattern estimation result of the macro cell base station 200-1 held by the small cell base station 400-1 is does not change.
- the NLM transition unit 403 updates the transition start time to the NLM using the following formula 16 (step S56).
- the NLM transition unit 403 initializes SumNum_1stTx and SumNum_1stTx_NACK using Equation 17 below (step S57).
- the NLM transition unit 403 ends the process of FIG.
- step S53 when the formula 13 is not satisfied in the determination in step S53 (No in step S53), the NLM transition unit 403 ends the process of FIG.
- step S55 if it is determined in step S55 that Expression 15 is not satisfied (No in step S55), the NLM transition unit 403 proceeds to step S57. Then, the NLM transition unit 403 initializes SumNum_1stTx and SumNum_1stTx_NACK using Equation 17 (step S57), and ends the process.
- each small base station 400 has a large discrepancy between the measured BLER value and the BLER target value in its own station. Only in this case, the ABS pattern of the macrocell base station 200 may be estimated. This is because when the ABS pattern of the macrocell base station 200-1 is updated, the divergence is considered to be large, and it is considered that it is sufficient to estimate the ABS pattern again only in this case.
- the macro cell base station 200-1 updates the ABS pattern immediately after the ABS pattern is updated in the small cell. Estimation can be performed, and unnecessary transition to NLM can be avoided when the macro cell base station 200-1 does not update the ABS pattern. That is, there is an effect that it is possible to appropriately estimate the ABS pattern at a timing at which the ABS pattern is considered to be deformed.
- each small cell base station 400 has been shifted to the NLM with an event trigger that the difference between the measured BLER value and the BLER target value in each small cell base station 400 has increased.
- Other conditions may be used as event triggers for shifting to NLM. For example, a case where the small cell terminal 300-P1 determines that the load on the macro cell base station 200-1 is high may be added to the event trigger.
- the condition that the load on the macro cell base station 200-1 can be determined to be high is used as an event trigger will be described.
- the load on the macro cell base station 200-1 is low, the improvement effect of the communication channel quality of the small cell terminal 300-P1 is small even if the macro cell base station 200-1 sets the ABS. That is, the throughput of the small cell terminal 300-P1 is not different from the ABS and the Non-ABS, and even when the CSI reported periodically is used, the CSI reported separately by the ABS and the Non-ABS. Even if it is used, there is almost no change in both.
- the throughput of the small cell terminal 300-P1 deteriorates due to a decrease in data transmission opportunities to the small cell terminal due to the NLM application.
- the problem that the effect of improving the communication channel quality of the small cell terminal 300-P1 is not accompanied even if the ABS is set as such.
- the small cell base station 400- calculated using the average SINR of Non-ABS reported from the small cell terminal 300-P1 and the RSRP of the neighboring base stations reported from the same small cell terminal 300-P1.
- a method of using a geometry of 1 and determining that the load on the macrocell base station 200-1 is high when the difference between the two is less than a threshold value can be considered.
- the geometry is the SINR with respect to the reference signal of the connected base station when receiving interference from all of the neighboring base stations.
- the reason why it can be determined that the load on the macro cell base station 200-1 is high when the difference between the SINR and the geometry is small is that interference from the macro cell generally increases as the load on the macro cell base station 200-1 increases. This is because the SINR of the non-ABS of the small cell terminal decreases, and the difference between the SINR and the geometry becomes small. This condition can also be added to the first embodiment that periodically shifts to the NLM.
- each small cell base station 100 independently estimates the ABS pattern of each macro cell base station 200, whereas in this embodiment, the estimation results of its own cell and neighboring cells are used. The difference is that the data is aggregated and the estimation result is determined. Specifically, in this embodiment, the estimation results at the small cell base stations and the estimation results at the neighboring small cell base stations are tabulated, and the ABS pattern estimation results of each macro cell base station 200 are determined.
- FIG. 9 is a block diagram exclusively representing functions of the small cell base station 500-1.
- the functions of the other small cell base stations 500 (for example, the small cell base station 500-2) are the same as the functions of the small cell base station 500-1.
- the small cell base station 500-1 and the small cell base station 500-2, which is a small cell base station around the small cell base station 500-1, will be described.
- Each communication area (ie, each small cell) of small cell base station 500-1 and small cell base station 500-2 shown in FIG. 9 is at least one in the communication area (ie, macro cell) of macro cell base station 200-1. Part of the communication area is included.
- the small cell base station 500-1 and the small cell base station 500-2 are shown as the small cell base stations, but other than the small cell base station 500-1 and the small base station 500-2.
- the small cell base station 500-1 in the third embodiment is different from the small cell base station 100 in the first embodiment in that it includes an ABS pattern estimation unit 504 instead of the ABS pattern estimation unit 104. Different. Therefore, in the following description, the ABS pattern estimation unit 504, which is the difference, will be described exclusively, and description of other common functional blocks will be omitted.
- the ABS pattern estimation unit 504 includes a DL quality index calculation unit 504-1 and an ABS pattern estimation execution unit 504-2.
- the function of the DL quality index calculation unit 504-1 is the same as that of the DL quality index calculation unit 104-1.
- the ABS pattern estimation execution unit 504-2 estimates the ABS pattern of the macro cell base station 200-1 in the same manner as the ABS pattern estimation execution unit 104-2 of the ABS pattern estimation unit 104. In the description of the present embodiment, this estimation result is referred to as “primary estimation result” for convenience.
- the ABS pattern estimation execution unit 504-2 extracts the primary estimation result by referring to the neighboring base station list held by the base station operation unit 101 and the neighboring small cell base station 500-k (k ⁇ It further has a function of notifying to 1).
- the peripheral base station list held by the base station operation unit 101 includes the peripheral small cell base station 500- in which at least a part of the communication area is included in the communication area of the macro cell base station 200-1.
- an identifier used for individually identifying k is described. This identifier is, for example, a cell ID.
- the ABS pattern estimation execution unit 504-2 uses ABS Status for notification to the neighboring small cell base station 500-k. In addition, as the notification contents of the primary estimation result, the ABS pattern of the macrocell base station 200-1 and the ratio of the ABS are notified. Each of the ABS pattern estimation execution units 504-2 included in the neighboring small cell base station 500-k performs the same estimation, and the primary estimation result is included in the ABS pattern estimation execution unit included in the small cell base station 500-1. Notify 504-2.
- the ABS pattern estimation execution unit 504-2 included in the small cell base station 500-1 includes the macro cell base station 200-1 estimated by the ABS pattern estimation execution unit 504-2 included in the small cell base station 500-1.
- the primary estimation results of the ABS pattern and the primary estimation results of the ABS pattern of the macro cell base station 200-1 notified from the neighboring small cell base station 500-k are aggregated to estimate the ABS pattern of the macro cell base station 200-1. Has the function of determining the result.
- the determined ABS pattern of the macrocell base station 200-1 is managed by the base station operation unit 101.
- the ABS pattern estimation unit 504 of the small cell base station 500-1 measures the RSRQ of the macro cell base station 200-1, and includes the RSRQ received from the neighboring small cell base station 500-k. Then, the operation procedure of calculating the average channel quality and estimating the ABS pattern of the macrocell base station 200-1 using the channel quality is shown.
- step S61 is performed by the ABS pattern estimation execution unit 504-2 included in the ABS pattern estimation unit 504.
- the operation of the ABS pattern estimation unit 504 will be described.
- the ABS pattern estimation unit 504 notifies the estimated small ABS cell pattern of the macro cell base station 200-1 to the neighboring small cell base station 500-k through the base station operation unit 101 as a primary estimation result (step S61). Then, it progresses to step S29 and continues the process similar to the operation
- FIG. 11 is a flowchart showing an operation procedure in which the ABS pattern estimation unit 504 of the small cell base station 500-1 determines the estimation result of the ABS pattern of the macrocell base station 200-1.
- the ABS pattern estimation unit 504 uses the result of the primary estimation of the ABS pattern of the latest macro cell base station 200-1 notified to the small cell base station 500-1 after the processing of FIG. 11 is executed.
- the operation illustrated in FIG. 11 is performed by the ABS pattern estimation execution unit 504-2 of the ABS pattern estimation unit 504.
- the operation will be described as the operation of the ABS pattern estimation unit 504.
- the ABS pattern estimation unit 504 firstly estimates the ABS pattern of the macrocell base station 200-1 estimated by the ABS pattern estimation unit 504 itself included in the small cell base station 500-1, and the neighboring small cell base station 500-1. Summing up the primary estimation results of the ABS pattern of the macro cell base station 200-1 notified from -k. Based on the counting result, the number of times estimated to be ABS (SumNum_abs (i)) is counted for each subframe in the ABS setting cycle (step S71). That is, the number of primary estimation results that estimate Subframe i to be determined as an ABS is counted.
- the ABS pattern estimation unit 504 determines the estimation result of the ABS pattern of the macrocell base station 200-1 using the following Equation 18 (step S72). Specifically, if the mathematical formula 18 is satisfied, the subframe i estimation result is determined to be ABS, and if the mathematical formula 18 is not satisfied, the subframe i estimation result is determined to be Non-ABS. In Formula 18, ⁇ Thr_SumNum_abs is a preset ABS determination threshold value.
- the macro cell base station estimated by the ABS pattern estimation unit 504 included in the small cell base station 500-1 itself In addition to the ABS pattern of 200-1, the macro cell base station 200 estimated by the own station using the ABS pattern of the macro cell base station 200-1 estimated by the neighboring small cell base station 500-k (k ⁇ 1) is also used. -1 ABS pattern can be estimated. Therefore, compared with the first embodiment in which the ABS pattern estimated by the own station is used as the ABS pattern estimation result of the macrocell base station 200-1, an effect equivalent to increasing statistical data used for estimation can be expected. . Therefore, the ABS pattern estimation accuracy of the macrocell base station 200-1 is improved.
- the estimation result of the ABS pattern of the macro cell base station 200-1 is determined for each small cell base station 500 individually. That is, each small cell base station 500 performs totalization, and each small cell base station 500 performs the operation process described in FIG.
- a master node is selected from the small cell base stations 500, the master node aggregates the primary estimation results from the neighboring small cell base stations 500, determines the estimation results, and the results are used as the neighboring small cells. You may notify to the cell base station 500.
- the partner to which the small cell base station 500 notifies the ABS Status is narrowed down to one master node, so that the amount of signaling between the base stations via the X2 Interface can be suppressed as compared with the above-described processing.
- any small cell base station 500 does not become a master node, but an OAM (Oracle Access Manager) server can be connected on the communication line network 900, and this OAM server can be used as the master node.
- OAM Organic Access Manager
- the OAM server serves as a master node, the primary estimation results of the ABS pattern of the macro cell base station 200-1 notified from the neighboring small cell base station 500 are not counted in the same procedure as in this embodiment. Only the primary estimation results of the ABS pattern of the macro cell base station 200-1 notified from the small cell base station 500 with large interference from the macro cell base station 200-1 may be aggregated.
- the reason for this is that the larger the interference from the macro cell base station 200-1, the greater the difference in channel quality between the ABS and the Non-ABS. This is because the estimation accuracy of the ABS pattern 200-1 becomes high. That is, it is possible to perform estimation with higher accuracy by counting only the primary estimation results with high estimation accuracy.
- the method of determining the small cell base station 500 with large interference from the macro cell base station 200-1 may be any method.
- the determination condition is that the difference between the RSRP of the macrocell base station 200-1 and the maximum RSRP among base stations other than the macrocell base station 200-1 is equal to or greater than a threshold value.
- the RSRP of the macro cell base station 200-1 and the maximum RSRP among the base stations other than the macro cell base station 200-1 are measured by each small cell base station 500 when NLM is applied, and reported to the OAM server.
- the small cell base station directly estimates the ABS pattern of the macro cell base station.
- the ABS pattern candidates notified in advance are selected.
- the macro cell base station ABS pattern candidates are notified to the small cell base station in advance.
- the small cell base station selects a pattern closest to the ABS pattern of the macro cell base station estimated by the small cell base station from the notified candidates.
- the configuration of the wireless communication system 20 is different from the configuration of the wireless communication system 10 of each embodiment described above in that an OAM server 700 is newly added on the communication line network 900 and each small cell base station 100 is small. The difference is that the cell base station 600 is replaced.
- FIG. 13 is a block diagram showing the functions of small cell base station 600-1.
- the functions of the other small cell base stations 600 (for example, the small cell base station 600-2) are the same as the functions of the small cell base station 600-1.
- the small cell base station 600-1 in the fourth embodiment includes an ABS pattern estimation unit 604 instead of the ABS pattern estimation unit 104, as compared with the small cell base station 100-1 in the first embodiment.
- the point is different. Therefore, in the following description, only the ABS pattern estimation unit 604 which is the difference will be described, and description of other common functional blocks will be omitted.
- the ABS pattern estimation unit 604 includes a DL quality index calculation unit 604-1 and an ABS pattern estimation execution unit 604-2.
- the function of the DL quality index calculation unit 604-1 is the same as that of the DL quality index calculation unit 104-1.
- the ABS pattern estimation execution unit 604-2 has a function of estimating the ABS pattern of the macro cell base station 200-1 in the same manner as the ABS pattern estimation execution unit 104-2.
- the ABS pattern estimation execution unit 604-2 has a function of receiving and holding a candidate list of ABS patterns that can be set by the macro cell base station 200-1 notified from the OAM server 700. Then, the ABS pattern estimation execution unit 604-2 selects the estimation result of the ABS pattern of the macro cell base station 200-1 from the ABS pattern candidate list based on the ABS pattern of the macro cell base station 200-1 estimated by itself. It has the function to do.
- the estimation result is managed by the base station operation unit 101.
- FIG. 14 shows an example of an ABS pattern candidate list.
- each numerical sequence is a bitmap representation of an ABS pattern, where 1 represents ABS and 0 represents Non-ABS.
- FIG. 15 is a block diagram illustrating functions of the OAM server 700 according to the fourth embodiment.
- the OAM server 700 includes a transmission / reception unit 701 and an information management unit 702.
- the transmission / reception unit 701 has a peripheral base station list in which information used to individually identify each small cell base station 600 and each macro cell base station 200 is described.
- the transmission / reception unit 701 has a function of performing communication with each peripheral base station via the communication line network 900 while referring to the peripheral base station list.
- the information management unit 702 has a function of determining the contents of an ABS pattern candidate list that can be set by each macrocell base station 200. Further, the information management unit 702 has a function of notifying each macro cell base station 200 of the determined settable ABS pattern candidate list.
- the macro cell base station 200 Upon receiving the notification, the macro cell base station 200 selects an ABS pattern from the notified candidate list and sets the ABS.
- the information management unit 702 has a function of notifying each small cell base station 600 of a candidate list of ABS patterns that can be set by the macro cell base station 200.
- the ABS pattern candidate list is notified by using ABS Status, with ABS set to 1, Non-ABS set to 0, and the ratio of ABS to 40 subframes in the pattern being described.
- steps S81 to S83 are newly added in the operation procedure shown in FIG. 16-2. It is different in point. However, processing in other steps is the same as the processing shown in FIG. Therefore, in the following, only the operations of the added steps S81 to S83 will be described.
- the operations in steps S81 to S83 are performed by the ABS pattern estimation execution unit 604-2 of the ABS pattern estimation unit 604. Hereinafter, the operation will be described as the operation of the ABS pattern estimation unit 604.
- the ABS pattern estimation unit 604 is self-contained for each subframe included in the ABS pattern candidate list of the macrocell base station 200-1 notified from the OAM server 700 and for each subframe in the ABS setting cycle. It is determined whether or not the estimation results match. Then, the number of times of coincidence (Num_True (j)) is counted for each candidate (step S81).
- j is an identifier for identifying each ABS pattern candidate of the macrocell base station 200-1 notified from the OAM server.
- FIG. 17 shows an example of an ABS pattern estimation result of the macro cell base station 200-1 and an example of a bitmap display of the ABS pattern candidate list of the macro cell base station 200-1.
- the ABS pattern estimation unit 604 uses the following Equation 19 to calculate the accuracy rate (RateTF (j)) of the estimation result of the ABS pattern candidate of the macro cell base station 200-1 notified from the OAM server 700. ) Is calculated (step S82).
- Tp_abs [Subframe] is an ABS setting cycle.
- the ABS setting cycle is 40 Subframe.
- the ABS pattern estimation unit 604 estimates the ABS pattern candidate having the highest accuracy rate as the ABS pattern of the macro cell base station 200-1 (step S83).
- the ABS pattern of ABS pattern candidate 5 is estimated as the ABS pattern of macrocell base station 200-1.
- a candidate list is prepared in advance as in the present embodiment and selected from this candidate list, accurate estimation is performed for all subframes included in the ABS setting period when the selected candidate is appropriate. Is possible. In other words, if the estimation result of this time is used as it is, the estimation for 3 Subframe in 40 Subframe is wrong, but the candidate 5 can be selected and the accurate ABS pattern can be estimated for 40 Subframe in 40 Subframe. It has the advantageous effect of becoming.
- X2 Interface is not established between the small cell base station 600-1 and the macro cell base station 200-1.
- the present embodiment can also be applied to a wireless communication system in which X2 Interface is established.
- the X2 Interface is established between the small cell base station 600-1 and the macro cell base station 200-1, the present embodiment can be used even when frequent information exchange cannot be performed from the viewpoint of the amount of signaling between base stations.
- the ABS pattern is not notified appropriately. However, this problem can be solved by applying this embodiment.
- the OAM server 700 determines ABS pattern candidates that can be set in the macro cell base station 200-1, and notifies the small cell base station 600-1 of the candidate list. It is also possible to modify the above-described operation. Specifically, instead of the OAM server 700, ABS pattern candidates that can be set by the macro cell base station 200-1 itself are determined, and the candidate list can be notified to the small cell base station 600-1. .
- the NLB transition unit 103 included in the small cell base station 500 of the third embodiment or the small cell base station 600 of the fourth embodiment may be replaced with the NLB transition unit 403 included in the small cell base station 400 of the second embodiment. Is possible.
- different small cell base stations may be mixed in one wireless communication system.
- the small cell base station 100 of the first embodiment and the small cell base station 400 of the second embodiment may be mixed in one wireless communication system 10.
- each device included in the wireless communication system can be realized by hardware, software, or a combination thereof.
- the time limit frame pattern estimation method performed by each device included in the wireless communication system can also be realized by hardware, software, or a combination thereof.
- “realized by software” means realized by a computer reading and executing a program.
- Non-transitory computer readable media include various types of tangible storage media.
- Examples of non-transitory computer readable media include magnetic recording media (eg, flexible disk, magnetic tape, hard disk drive), magneto-optical recording media (eg, magneto-optical disc), CD-ROM (Read Only Memory), CD- R, CD-R / W, semiconductor memory (for example, mask ROM, PROM (Programmable ROM), EPROM (Erasable ROM), flash ROM, RAM (random access memory)).
- the program may also be supplied to the computer by various types of temporary computer readable media. Examples of transitory computer readable media include electrical signals, optical signals, and electromagnetic waves.
- the temporary computer-readable medium can supply the program to the computer via a wired communication path such as an electric wire and an optical fiber, or a wireless communication path.
- a time limit frame and a limit that are frames in which radio communication is restricted based on a predetermined frame pattern Under the situation of switching to a time frame other than the time frame, a quality index is calculated for each of a plurality of frames by measuring a signal from at least the second area in the first area, and the calculation By comparing the calculated quality index calculated based on the quality index of each of the plurality of frames and the quality index of the frame that is one of the plurality of frames that is the current determination target, the frame that is the current determination target Is estimated to be either the time limit frame or a time frame other than the time limit frame, Time limit frame pattern estimation apparatus and estimates what frame pattern is used as the predetermined frame pattern by performing constant for a plurality of frames.
- Appendix 2 Notifying the estimated frame pattern to the terminal in the first area, and distinguishing the time limit frame from time frames other than the time limit frame based on the notified frame pattern
- the time limit frame pattern estimation apparatus according to appendix 1, wherein the terminal in the first area is instructed to report channel quality information.
- the frame to be determined is the restriction
- the time limit frame pattern estimation apparatus according to any one of appendices 1 to 3, wherein the time frame pattern is estimated to be a time frame.
- index is RSRQ (Reference Signal Received Quality) measured in the said 1st area, Estimating that the frame to be determined is the time limit frame when the average value of RSRQ of the frame to be determined is a predetermined value or more than the average value of RSRQ of the plurality of frames.
- the time limit frame pattern estimation apparatus according to Supplementary Note 4, which is a feature.
- the quality indicator is an RSSI (Received Signal Strength Indicator) measured in the first area, Estimating that the frame to be determined is the time limit frame when the average RSSI value of the frame to be determined is a predetermined value or less than the average value of RSSI of the plurality of frames.
- RSSI Received Signal Strength Indicator
- a device other than the time limit frame pattern estimation device calculates a quality index by measuring a signal from at least the second area in the third area, and calculates the calculated quality index from a plurality of frames. Estimating which frame pattern is used as the predetermined frame pattern by comparing the calculated quality index and the calculated quality index of any one of the plurality of frames to be determined this time, The time limit frame pattern estimation device uses the frame pattern estimated by the other device as being used as the predetermined frame pattern, and the time limit frame pattern is used as the predetermined frame pattern. Any one of appendices 1 to 6, wherein what kind of frame pattern is used as the predetermined frame pattern is estimated again based on both the frame pattern estimated by the estimation device. Time frame pattern estimation apparatus.
- the communication status of a terminal that performs wireless communication in the first area is monitored, and the signal from the second area is measured when the monitored communication status is worse than a predetermined communication status.
- the time-limited frame pattern estimation apparatus according to any one of appendices 1 to 8, wherein a quality index is calculated and the frame pattern is estimated.
- a time limit frame pattern estimation method performed by a computer, In the second area in which radio communication that interferes with radio communication in the first area is performed, a time frame other than the time limit frame and the time limit frame that are frames for which radio communication is restricted based on a predetermined frame pattern Under the situation of switching between time frames, a quality index is calculated for each of a plurality of frames by measuring a signal from at least the second area in the first area, and the calculated plurality of frames By comparing the calculated quality index calculated based on each quality index with the quality index of the frame that is the current determination target among any of the plurality of frames, the frame that is the current determination target It is estimated whether it is a time frame or a time frame other than the time limit frame, and the estimation is applied to a plurality of frames.
- Time limit frame pattern estimation method characterized by estimating what frame pattern is used as the predetermined frame pattern by performing the over-time.
- the frame to be determined is the restriction 15.
- the time limit frame pattern estimation method according to any one of appendices 12 to 14, wherein the time frame pattern is estimated to be a time frame.
- the quality index is RSRQ (Reference Signal Received Quality) measured in the first area, Estimating that the frame to be determined is the time limit frame when the average value of RSRQ of the frame to be determined is a predetermined value or more than the average value of RSRQ of the plurality of frames.
- the time limit frame pattern estimation method according to Supplementary Note 15, which is a feature.
- the quality indicator is an RSSI (Received Signal Strength Indicator) measured in the first area, Estimating that the frame to be determined is the time limit frame when the average RSSI value of the frame to be determined is a predetermined value or less than the average value of RSSI of the plurality of frames.
- RSSI Received Signal Strength Indicator
- a device other than the computer that performs the time frame pattern estimation method calculates a quality index by measuring a signal from at least the second area in the third area, and calculates the quality of the calculated plurality of frames Estimating which frame pattern is used as the predetermined frame pattern by comparing the calculated quality index calculated from the index and the calculated quality index of any one of the plurality of frames to be determined this time
- the computer that performs the time frame pattern estimation method is used as the frame pattern estimated by the other apparatus and the predetermined frame pattern as being used as the predetermined frame pattern.
- Additional remark 12 It is estimated again what frame pattern is used as the predetermined frame pattern based on both the frame pattern estimated by the computer performing the time limit frame pattern estimation method. 18.
- the time limit frame pattern estimation method according to any one of 1 to 17.
- a frame pattern in the list is acquired based on the frame pattern estimated by the computer that acquires the list of the predetermined frame patterns that can be used in the second area and performs the time frame pattern method. 18.
- the time limit frame pattern estimation method according to any one of appendices 12 to 17, wherein the frame pattern is estimated again by selecting.
- a time limit that is a frame in which wireless communication is restricted based on a predetermined frame pattern
- each base station in the plurality of first areas measures at least a signal from the second area for each of the plurality of frames.
- Estimating which frame pattern is used estimating the frame pattern used as the predetermined frame pattern by performing the estimation on a plurality of frames, and estimating between the base stations
- Time frame pattern estimation system Estimating which frame pattern is used, estimating the frame pattern used as the predetermined frame pattern by performing the estimation on a plurality of frames, and estimating between the base stations.
- a time limit that is a frame in which radio communication is restricted based on a predetermined frame pattern
- a quality index is calculated for each of a plurality of frames by measuring a signal from at least the second area in the first area.
- the time frame is the time limit frame or a time frame other than the time limit frame
- the master node is configured to re-estimate the frame pattern based on a plurality of frame patterns reported from each base station, and notify each base station of the re-estimated frame pattern.
- a time limit frame that is a frame in which radio communication is restricted based on a predetermined frame pattern and a restriction
- the server device determines the predetermined frame pattern that can be used in the second area, transmits the determined predetermined frame pattern as a list to the time limit frame pattern estimation device,
- the time limit frame pattern estimation device calculates a quality index for each of a plurality of frames by measuring a signal from at least the second area in the first area, and each quality of the calculated plurality of frames By comparing the calculated quality index calculated based on the index and the quality index of the frame that is one of the plurality of frames that is the current determination target, the frame that is the current determination target is the time limit frame A frame pattern in which a frame other than the time limit frame is estimated and a frame pattern used as the predetermined frame pattern is estimated by performing the estimation on a plurality of frames.
- a time limit frame and a limit that are frames in which radio communication is restricted based on a predetermined frame pattern Under the situation of switching between time frames other than the time frame, The base station of the second area determines the predetermined frame pattern that can be used in the second area, and transmits the determined predetermined frame pattern as a list to the time limit frame pattern estimation device, The time limit frame pattern estimation device calculates a quality index for each of a plurality of frames by measuring a signal from at least the second area in the first area, and each quality of the calculated plurality of frames By comparing the calculated quality index calculated based on the index and the quality index of the frame that is one of the plurality of frames that is the current determination target, the frame that is the current determination target is the time limit frame A frame pattern in which a frame other than the time limit frame is estimated and a frame pattern used as the predetermined frame pattern is estimated by performing the estimation on a plurality of frames.
- a time limit frame and a limit that are frames in which radio communication is restricted based on a predetermined frame pattern Under the situation of switching to a time frame other than the time frame, a quality index is calculated for each of a plurality of frames by measuring a signal from at least the second area in the first area, and the calculation By comparing the calculated quality index calculated based on the quality index of each of the plurality of frames and the quality index of the frame that is one of the plurality of frames that is the current determination target, the frame that is the current determination target is , Estimating whether the time limit frame or a time frame other than the time limit frame, Limiting the time frame estimation program for causing a computer to function as the time limit frame pattern estimating device for estimating what frame pattern is used as the predetermined frame pattern by performing constant for a plurality of frames.
- a time limit that is a frame in which radio communication is restricted based on a predetermined frame pattern A time limit frame pattern estimation method performed by the base stations in the plurality of first areas under the situation of switching between a frame and a time frame other than the time limit frame, Each of the base stations of the plurality of first areas calculates a quality index for each of a plurality of frames by measuring at least a signal from the second area, and is calculated based on the calculated quality index of each of the plurality of frames.
- the calculated quality index is compared with the quality index of the frame that is the current determination target among any of the plurality of frames, so that the current determination target frame is the time limit frame and the time limit frame.
- Each of the base stations notifies the frame pattern estimated by the base station itself.
- Time limit frame pattern estimation method characterized by re-estimating the frame pattern based on both the turn and the other notified frame pattern from the base station.
- a first base station manages a first communication area (small cell), and a second base station (macro cell base station) includes at least a part of the first communication area.
- a time limit frame pattern estimation method for managing two communication areas (macro cells) and estimating a time limit frame in which wireless communication with a terminal is restricted in the second communication area,
- a quality index for measuring a quality index including a signal of the second communication area in the first base station and calculating an average quality index for all time frames related to the quality index and an average quality index for each time frame in a predetermined period.
- a time limit frame pattern estimation step for estimating a combination of the time limit frame and a time frame other than the time limit frame using an average quality index of the all time frames and an average quality index of each time frame;
- a method for estimating a time-limited frame pattern comprising:
- channel quality information (CQI: Channel Quality Indicator) is transmitted to the terminals in the first communication area at times other than the time limit frame and the time limit frame.
- CQI Channel Quality Indicator
- the quality indicator is RSRQ (Reference Signal Received Quality) of the second communication area
- the step of estimating the time limit frame pattern is 32.
- the time limit frame pattern estimation method according to supplementary note 31, wherein a time frame in which an average quality index of each time frame is equal to or greater than a predetermined value of an average quality index of all time frames is estimated as the time limit frame.
- the quality indicator is RSSI (Received Signal Strength Indicator)
- the step of estimating the time limit frame pattern is 32.
- the time limit frame pattern estimation method according to supplementary note 31, wherein a time frame in which an average quality index of each time frame is equal to or less than a predetermined value of an average quality index of all time frames is estimated as the time limit frame.
- a third base station group that manages a third communication area group that includes the first communication area that is at least partially included in the second communication area. Further comprising the step of acquiring information on the limited time frame pattern estimated using a quality indicator including a signal of the second communication area measured in the third base station group, The step of estimating the time limit frame pattern is 32.
- the time limit frame pattern estimation method according to supplementary note 31, wherein the time limit frame pattern information determined by the third base station group is aggregated to determine the time limit frame pattern.
- the method further comprises a time limit frame pattern candidate list acquisition step of acquiring the time limit frame pattern candidate list set in a time frame of a predetermined period, The step of estimating the time limit frame pattern is 32.
- the time limit frame pattern according to appendix 31 wherein the time limit frame pattern is selected from the candidate list based on the time limit frame pattern estimated from the measurement result of the first base station. Estimation method.
- the time limit frame pattern estimation method according to supplementary note 31, characterized by:
- SINR calculation step of calculating an SINR (Signal To Interference and Noise Ratio) of a data channel in the first communication area;
- a geometry calculation step of calculating the geometry of the first communication area; Starting the measurement of the quality indicator when the difference between the SINR and the geometry is greater than or equal to a SINR threshold; 32.
- the time limit frame pattern estimation method according to supplementary note 31, characterized by:
- a first base station manages a first communication area (small cell), and a second base station (macro cell base station) includes at least a part of the first communication area.
- a time limit frame pattern estimation device for managing two communication areas (macro cells) and estimating a time limit frame in which wireless communication with a terminal is limited in the second communication area,
- a quality index for measuring a quality index including a signal of the second communication area in the first base station and calculating an average quality index for all time frames related to the quality index and an average quality index for each time frame in a predetermined period.
- a calculation unit A time limit frame pattern estimator that estimates a combination of the time frame other than the time limit frame and the time limit frame using an average quality index of the all time frames and an average quality index of each time frame;
- An apparatus for estimating a time-limited frame pattern comprising:
- channel quality information (CQI: Channel Quality Indicator) is transmitted to the terminals in the first communication area for a time other than the time limit frame and the time limit frame.
- index is RSRQ (Reference Signal Received Quality) of the said 2nd communication area
- the time limit frame pattern estimation unit is: 41.
- the quality indicator is RSSI (Received Signal Strength Indicator)
- the time limit frame pattern estimation unit is: 41.
- the time limit frame pattern estimation apparatus according to appendix 40 wherein a time frame in which an average quality index of each time frame is equal to or less than a predetermined value of an average quality index of all time frames is estimated as the time limit frame.
- a third base station group that manages a third communication area group that includes the first communication area that is at least partially included in the second communication area.
- a time-limit frame pattern information acquisition unit for acquiring information on the time-limit frame pattern estimated using a quality index including a signal of the second communication area measured in the third base station group;
- the time limit frame pattern estimation unit is: 41.
- a time limit frame pattern candidate list acquiring unit that acquires the time limit frame pattern candidate list set in a time frame of a predetermined period
- the time limit frame pattern estimation unit is: 41.
- the time limit frame pattern selection unit that selects the time limit frame pattern from the candidate list based on the time limit frame pattern estimated from the measurement result of the first base station. Time limit frame pattern estimation device.
- the time limit frame pattern estimation apparatus characterized by:
- SINR calculation unit that calculates SINR (Signal To Interference and Noise Ratio) of a data channel in the first communication area;
- a geometry calculation unit for calculating the geometry of the first communication area; Starting the measurement of the quality indicator when the difference between the SINR and the geometry is greater than or equal to a SINR threshold; 41.
- the time limit frame pattern estimation apparatus according to appendix 40, characterized by:
- the first base station (small cell base station) manages the first communication area (small cell), and the second base station (macro cell base station) includes at least a part of the first communication area.
- the first base station for managing two communication areas (macrocells) and estimating a time limit frame in which wireless communication with a terminal is restricted in the second communication area, A quality index for measuring a quality index including a signal of the second communication area in the first base station and calculating an average quality index for all time frames related to the quality index and an average quality index for each time frame in a predetermined period.
- a first base station manages a first communication area (small cell), and a second base station (macro cell base station) includes at least a part of the first communication area.
- 2 is a master node for managing a communication area (macro cell) and estimating a time limit frame in which wireless communication with a terminal is limited in the second communication area,
- measure a quality index including a signal of the second communication area calculate an average quality index of all time frames related to the quality index and an average quality index of each time frame in a predetermined period
- a time limit frame pattern estimator that estimates a combination of the time frame other than the time limit frame and the time limit frame using an average quality index of the all time frames and an average quality index of each time frame;
- Have is a third base station group for managing a third communication area group including the first communication area, at least a part of which is included in the second communication area,
- a time-limit frame pattern information acquisition unit for acquiring information on the time-limit frame pattern
- a first base station manages a first communication area (small cell), and a second base station (macro cell base station) includes at least a part of the first communication area.
- An OAM server that manages two communication areas (macro cells) and estimates a time limit frame in which wireless communication with a terminal is restricted in the second communication area, In the first base station, measure a quality index including a signal of the second communication area, calculate an average quality index of all time frames related to the quality index and an average quality index of each time frame in a predetermined period, A time limit frame pattern estimator that estimates a combination of the time frame other than the time limit frame and the time limit frame using an average quality index of the all time frames and an average quality index of each time frame; Have A time limit frame pattern candidate list acquisition unit for acquiring a time limit frame pattern candidate list set in a time frame of a predetermined period;
- the time limit frame pattern estimation unit is:
- An OAM server comprising: a time limit frame pattern selection unit that selects
- a first base station manages a first communication area (small cell), and a second base station (macro cell base station) includes at least a part of the first communication area.
- Two second base stations that manage two communication areas (macro cells) and estimate a time limit frame in which wireless communication with a terminal is restricted in the second communication area, In the first base station, measure a quality index including a signal of the second communication area, calculate an average quality index of all time frames related to the quality index and an average quality index of each time frame in a predetermined period,
- a time limit frame pattern estimator that estimates a combination of the time frame other than the time limit frame and the time limit frame using an average quality index of the all time frames and an average quality index of each time frame;
- the time limit frame pattern estimation unit is: A second base station, wherein the second base station is a time limit frame pattern selection unit
- a first base station manages a first communication area (small cell), and a second base station (macro cell base station) includes at least a part of the first communication area.
- a time limit frame pattern estimation system that manages two communication areas (macro cells) and estimates a time limit frame in which wireless communication with a terminal is limited in the second communication area, A quality index for measuring a quality index including a signal of the second communication area in the first base station and calculating an average quality index for all time frames related to the quality index and an average quality index for each time frame in a predetermined period.
- a calculation unit A time limit frame pattern estimator that estimates a combination of the time frame other than the time limit frame and the time limit frame using an average quality index of the all time frames and an average quality index of each time frame;
- a time-limited frame pattern estimation system comprising:
- the first base station manages the first communication area (small cell), and the second base station (macro cell base station) includes at least a part of the first communication area.
- a time limit frame pattern estimation program For managing two communication areas (macrocells) and causing a computer to function as a time limit frame pattern estimation device for estimating a time limit frame in which wireless communication with a terminal is limited in the second communication area A time limit frame pattern estimation program, A quality index for measuring a quality index including a signal of the second communication area in the first base station and calculating an average quality index for all time frames related to the quality index and an average quality index for each time frame in a predetermined period.
- a calculation unit A time limit frame pattern estimator that estimates a combination of the time frame other than the time limit frame and the time limit frame using an average quality index of the all time frames and an average quality index of each time frame;
- a time-limit frame pattern estimation program characterized by comprising:
- the present invention is widely suitable for use in estimating a period in which wireless communication is limited.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
- Signal Processing (AREA)
- Quality & Reliability (AREA)
- Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
Abstract
In a situation in which, on the basis of a prescribed frame pattern, wireless communication is intermittently limited in a second area in which wireless communication is being carried out that interferes with the wireless communication of a first area, a restriction-time frame pattern estimation device calculates quality indicators for a plurality of frames by measuring, in the first area, at least the signal from the second area and estimates what type of frame pattern is being used as the prescribed frame pattern by comparing a calculated quality indicator calculated on the basis of the quality indicators calculated for the plurality of frames and the quality indicator of a frame from among the plurality of frames that is the current determination target.
Description
本発明は、制限時間フレームパターンを推定するための、制限時間フレームパターン推定方法、制限時間フレームパターン推定装置、そのシステム及びそのプログラムに関する。
The present invention relates to a time limit frame pattern estimation method, a time limit frame pattern estimation device, a system thereof, and a program thereof for estimating a time limit frame pattern.
3GPP(Third Generation Partnership Project)において標準化がなされているLTE(Long Term Evolution)等の規格に準拠した無線通信システムでは、無線通信システム内に基地局を複数配置することを前提としている。
In a wireless communication system conforming to a standard such as LTE (Long Term Evolution) standardized in 3GPP (Third Generation Partnership Project), it is assumed that a plurality of base stations are arranged in the wireless communication system.
また、これら無線通信システムでは、セル方式(cellular communication system)が採用される。より具体的に説明すると、無線通信システムに配置されるこれら各基地局は、自基地局の通信エリア(以下、適宜「セル」と呼ぶ)を管理する。そして、各基地局は自身の管理するセル内に在圏する移動局(以下、適宜「端末」と呼ぶ)と無線通信を行う。
In these wireless communication systems, a cellular communication system is adopted. More specifically, each of these base stations arranged in the wireless communication system manages the communication area of the base station (hereinafter referred to as “cell” as appropriate). Each base station performs radio communication with a mobile station (hereinafter referred to as “terminal” as appropriate) located in a cell managed by the base station.
また、更にセクタ構成と呼ばれる構成を採用する場合もある。この場合には、各基地局は、アンテナに指向性を持たせることにより1つのセルを複数に分割する。この分割された領域を「セクタセル」と呼ぶ。以下の説明において、単にセルと呼ぶ場合には、セルのみならずセクタセルをも含むものとする。
In addition, there is a case where a configuration called a sector configuration is further adopted. In this case, each base station divides one cell into a plurality of parts by giving the antenna directivity. This divided area is called a “sector cell”. In the following description, the term “cell” includes not only a cell but also a sector cell.
また、例えばLTEにおいては、通常、隣接セル間で同一の通信帯域が用いられる。従って、隣接セル間の境界に位置する端末(以下、適宜「エッジ端末」と呼ぶ)は、上りリンクであるか下りリンクであるかに関わらず、自身が在圏しているセルに隣接している隣接セルからの強い干渉を受ける。
For example, in LTE, the same communication band is normally used between adjacent cells. Therefore, a terminal located at the boundary between adjacent cells (hereinafter referred to as “edge terminal” as appropriate) is adjacent to the cell in which it is located, regardless of whether it is an uplink or a downlink. It receives strong interference from neighboring cells.
更に、近年のトラヒック量が増大しているという問題への対策として、一般的なマクロセル基地局に加えて、ホットスポットなど端末が集中するエリアには低送信電力の基地局を更に導入することが進められている。なお、このような低送信電力の基地局は、例えばナノセル基地局、ピコセル基地局及びフェムト基地局等と多様な名称にて呼ばれるが、以下の説明においてはマクロセル基地局よりも小さなセルを管理する基地局であるとしてこれらをまとめ、適宜「スモールセル基地局」と呼ぶ。
Furthermore, as a countermeasure to the problem that traffic volume has increased in recent years, in addition to general macrocell base stations, it is possible to further introduce base stations with low transmission power in areas where terminals are concentrated such as hot spots. It is being advanced. In addition, although such a low transmission power base station is called by various names such as a nanocell base station, a picocell base station, a femto base station, and the like, for example, a cell smaller than a macrocell base station is managed in the following description. These are collectively referred to as base stations and are appropriately referred to as “small cell base stations”.
上述したような、セクタセルや、スモールセル基地局が使用されるセル形態は、様々な大きさのセルが混在するため、ヘテロジニアスネットワーク(Heterogeneous Network)と呼ばれている。そして、ヘテロジニアスネットワークでは、セル数の増加に伴いセル間の境界となるエリアが拡大することから、セル間の干渉が特に問題視されている。
The cell form in which sector cells and small cell base stations are used as described above is called a heterogeneous network because cells of various sizes are mixed. And in heterogeneous networks, the area which becomes a boundary between cells expands with the increase in the number of cells, and interference between cells is especially regarded as a problem.
この問題に対処するため、3GPP Release 10では、セル間の干渉についてのマネジメント技術として、eICIC(enhanced Inter Cell Interference Coordination)が検討されたことにより、ABS(Almost Blank Subframe)が標準化された(非特許文献1参照)。なお、Subframeとは無線リソースの割り当て単位時間を指すものとする。また、eICICはtime domain ICICとも呼ばれる。
In order to address this problem, 3GPP Release 10 has standardized ABS (Almost Blank Blank Subframe) by eICIC (enhanced Inter Cell Cell Interference Coordination) as a management technology for inter-cell interference (non-patented). Reference 1). Subframe refers to a unit time of radio resource allocation. EICIC is also called time domain ICIC.
ここでABSとは、隣接する基地局(マクロセル基地局及びスモールセル基地局の何れであっても良い)の一方又は双方が間欠的に送信を止めるものである。このように、これにより与干渉基地局(aggressor)が送信を止めたサブフレームにおいては、被干渉基地局(victim)は干渉を受けずに済むため、被干渉基地局に在圏する端末のスループットは改善する。
Here, ABS is one in which one or both of adjacent base stations (which may be either a macro cell base station or a small cell base station) intermittently stop transmission. In this way, in the subframe in which the interfering base station (aggressor) stops transmitting, the interfered base station (victim) does not need to receive interference, and thus the throughput of the terminals located in the interfered base station Will improve.
具体的に説明すると、例えば下りリンクの場合、ABSを設定した基地局は、そのABSにおいてデータチャネル(PDSCH:Physical Downlink Shared Channel)と制御チャネル(PDCCH:Physical Downlink Control Channel)における信号の送信を停止する。
More specifically, for example, in the case of downlink, a base station that has set an ABS stops transmission of signals on a data channel (PDSCH: Physical Downlink Shared Channel) and a control channel (PDCCH: Physical Downlink Control Channel). To do.
これにより、ABSを設定した基地局に隣接する隣接基地局では、端末の受信品質(例えば、SINR:Signal To Interference and Noise Ratio)が大きく改善することとなり、結果として隣接基地局に在圏している各端末のそれぞれについてスループットの増加が期待できる。
Thereby, in the adjacent base station adjacent to the base station where the ABS is set, the reception quality of the terminal (for example, SINR: SignalSignTo Interference and Noise Ratio) is greatly improved. An increase in throughput can be expected for each terminal.
続いて、下りリンクにeICICが適用された場合の処理について図18に表される参考例を参照してより詳細に説明する。但し、図18及びこれらを参照した以下の説明は、非特許文献1を含む公知文献に直接的に記載されたものではない。もっとも、これら公知文献に接する当業者にとっては一般的に理解されている内容である。
Subsequently, processing in a case where eICIC is applied to the downlink will be described in more detail with reference to a reference example shown in FIG. However, FIG. 18 and the following description referring to them are not directly described in publicly known documents including Non-Patent Document 1. However, it is a content generally understood by those skilled in the art who are in contact with these known documents.
図18は、下りリンクにeICICを適用する無線通信システムの構成例である無線通信システム1000と、その動作手順の概要を表す図である。
FIG. 18 is a diagram illustrating an overview of a wireless communication system 1000 that is a configuration example of a wireless communication system that applies eICIC to a downlink and an operation procedure thereof.
無線通信システム1000は、2つの基地局マクロセル基地局1001及びスモールセル基地局1002並びに5個の端末1011~1013及び1021~1022を含む。
The radio communication system 1000 includes two base stations, a macro cell base station 1001 and a small cell base station 1002, and five terminals 1011 to 1013 and 1021 to 1022.
2つの基地局であるマクロセル基地局1001と基地局1002は、基地局間インターフェース(X2 Interface)を介して相互に通信が可能である。また、マクロセル基地局1001はマクロセルを管理する基地局である。一方、スモールセル基地局1002はマクロセル基地局と比較して送信電力が低く、スモールセルを管理する基地局である。具体的には、マクロセル基地局1001はマクロセル1010を管理し、スモールセル基地局である基地局1002は、スモールセル1020を管理している。
The two base stations, the macro cell base station 1001 and the base station 1002, can communicate with each other via an inter-base station interface (X2 Interface). The macro cell base station 1001 is a base station that manages a macro cell. On the other hand, the small cell base station 1002 has a lower transmission power than the macro cell base station and is a base station that manages the small cell. Specifically, the macro cell base station 1001 manages the macro cell 1010, and the base station 1002, which is a small cell base station, manages the small cell 1020.
端末1011~1013はマクロセル1010に在圏し、基地局1001と接続している端末である。以下の説明においては端末1011~1013を、特にマクロセル端末1011~1013と呼ぶ。一方、端末1021~1022はスモールセル1020に在圏し、基地局1002に接続している端末である。以下の説明においては端末1021~1022を、特にスモールセル端末1021~1022と呼ぶ。
Terminals 1011 to 1013 are terminals located in the macro cell 1010 and connected to the base station 1001. In the following description, the terminals 1011 to 1013 are particularly referred to as macro cell terminals 1011 to 1013. On the other hand, the terminals 1021 to 1022 are terminals located in the small cell 1020 and connected to the base station 1002. In the following description, the terminals 1021 to 1022 are particularly referred to as small cell terminals 1021 to 1022.
先ず、マクロセル基地局1001がABSを設定する。図19は、ABSの設定例を表す図である。図19に表されるように、マクロセル基地局1001は、40Subframeを一つの単位としてABSを設定する。そして、この40Subframeでは、ABSとABS以外のSubframeである「Non-ABS」が設定された所定の周期で切り替えられる。
First, the macro cell base station 1001 sets an ABS. FIG. 19 is a diagram illustrating an example of ABS setting. As illustrated in FIG. 19, the macro cell base station 1001 sets an ABS with 40 Subframe as one unit. In this 40 subframe, switching is performed at a predetermined cycle in which “Non-ABS”, which is a subframe other than ABS and ABS, is set.
次に、マクロセル基地局1001は、設定したABSの情報(以下、適宜「ABS Status」と呼ぶ)を、X2 Interfaceを介してスモールセル基地局1002に通知する。この点、非特許文献2に記載されるように、ABS Statusには、基地局が設定したABSについて、ABSを1、Non-ABSを0としたABSパターンと、40SubframeにおいてABSが占める割合が記載されている。
Next, the macro cell base station 1001 notifies the small cell base station 1002 of the set ABS information (hereinafter referred to as “ABS Status” as appropriate) via the X2 Interface. In this regard, as described in Non-Patent Document 2, the ABS Status describes the ABS pattern in which ABS is set to 1 and Non-ABS is set to 0 for the ABS set by the base station, and the proportion of ABS in 40 Subframes. Has been.
そして、ABS Statusの通知が未だなされていない初期状態や、ABSパターンの全てが0となっているABS Statusをマクロセル基地局1001から通知された場合について説明する。この場合には、スモールセル基地局1002は、通信経路品質を測定し、CSI(Channel State information)を報告させるための通知であるCQI-ReportingConfigをスモールセル端末1021とスモールセル端末1022に対して通知する。この通知に応じて、スモールセル端末1021とスモールセル端末1022はスモールセル基地局1001にCSを報告する(非特許文献3参照)。
Then, an initial state in which notification of ABS Status has not yet been made, and a case where an ABS Status in which all of the ABS patterns are 0 are notified from the macro cell base station 1001 will be described. In this case, the small cell base station 1002 measures the communication path quality and notifies the small cell terminal 1021 and the small cell terminal 1022 of CQI-ReportingConfig which is a notification for reporting CSI (Channel State information). To do. In response to this notification, the small cell terminal 1021 and the small cell terminal 1022 report the CS to the small cell base station 1001 (see Non-Patent Document 3).
ここで、CQI-ReportingCofigには、ABSとNon-ABSを区別し、ABSとNon-ABSで個別にCSIを報告させるという通知と、ABSとNon-ABSを区別せず単に周期的に報告させるという通知の2種類の通知が存在する。今回の場合には、ABS Statusの通知が未だなされていない又はABSパターンの全てが0となっている、という状態なのでABSとNon-ABSを区別する必要は無いことから後者の通知をする。
Here, CQI-ReportingConfig distinguishes between ABS and Non-ABS, and reports that CSI is separately reported by ABS and Non-ABS and simply reports periodically without distinguishing between ABS and Non-ABS. There are two types of notifications: notifications. In this case, since the ABS Status notification has not yet been made or all of the ABS patterns are 0, it is not necessary to distinguish between ABS and Non-ABS, so the latter is notified.
スモールセル端末1021とスモールセル端末1022は、スモールセル基地局1002から通知されたCQI-ReportingConfigに従って、ABSとNon-ABSを区別することなく、通信路品質を周期的に測定し、その通信路品質の情報をCSIとしてスモールセル基地局1002に報告する。スモールセル基地局1002は、通知されたCSIに含まれるCQI(Channel Quality Indicator)から換算した通信路品質に基づき、MCS(Modulation and Coding Scheme)を決定する。ここでMCSは、例えば伝送速度によってランク付けされた、変調方式(Modulation Scheme)と符号化方式(Coding Scheme)の組み合わせよりなる。
The small cell terminal 1021 and the small cell terminal 1022 periodically measure the channel quality according to the CQI-Reporting Config notified from the small cell base station 1002, without distinguishing between the ABS and the Non-ABS, and the channel quality Is reported to the small cell base station 1002 as CSI. The small cell base station 1002 determines MCS (Modulation and Coding Scheme) based on the communication channel quality converted from CQI (Channel Quality and Indicator) included in the notified CSI. Here, the MCS is composed of, for example, a combination of a modulation scheme and a coding scheme ranked according to transmission rate.
一方、ABSパターンに1を含むABS Statusをマクロセル基地局1001から通知された場合について説明する。この場合には、スモールセル基地局1002は、通知されたABS Statusに従って、スモールセル端末1021とスモールセル端末1022に、ABSとNon-ABSを区別し、ABSとNon-ABSで個別にCSIを測定させるCQI-ReportingCofigを通知することにより、スモールセル端末1021とスモールセル端末1022にCSIを報告させる。スモールセル端末1021とスモールセル端末1022は、通知されたCQI-ReportingConfigに従ってABSの通信路品質とNon-ABSの通信路品質をそれぞれ測定する。そして、スモールセル端末1021とスモールセル端末1022は、測定したそれらの通信路品質の情報をABSとNon-ABS毎にCSIとしてスモールセル基地局1002に報告する。
On the other hand, a case where the ABS status including 1 in the ABS pattern is notified from the macro cell base station 1001 will be described. In this case, the small cell base station 1002 distinguishes the ABS and the Non-ABS from the small cell terminal 1021 and the small cell terminal 1022 in accordance with the notified ABS Status, and measures the CSI separately for the ABS and the Non-ABS. The CSI is reported to the small cell terminal 1021 and the small cell terminal 1022 by notifying the CQI-ReportingConfig to be performed. The small cell terminal 1021 and the small cell terminal 1022 measure the ABS channel quality and the Non-ABS channel quality according to the notified CQI-Reporting Config. Then, the small cell terminal 1021 and the small cell terminal 1022 report the measured channel quality information to the small cell base station 1002 as CSI for each ABS and Non-ABS.
スモールセル基地局1002は、ABSの無線リソース割り当てを実施する場合、ABSのCSIが示す通信路品質に基づきMCSを決定する。また、Non-ABSの無線リソース割り当てを実施する場合、Non-ABSのCSIが示す通信路品質に基づきMCSを決定する。
The small cell base station 1002 determines the MCS based on the channel quality indicated by the CSI of the ABS when the ABS radio resource allocation is performed. Further, when non-ABS radio resource allocation is performed, the MCS is determined based on the channel quality indicated by the non-ABS CSI.
これにより、ABSではNon-ABSよりもTBS(Transport Block Size)が増加するため、スモールセル端末1021とスモールセル端末1022のスループットが改善する。
As a result, the ABS increases the transport block size (TBS) compared to the non-ABS, and thus the throughput of the small cell terminal 1021 and the small cell terminal 1022 is improved.
なお、上述したようなABSに関する技術の具体的な適用例については例えば特許文献1に記載がある。特許文献1に記載の技術では、セル間の干渉を抑制すると共に、ネットワーク全体のスループットの低下を抑制するサーバ装置及び干渉制御方法を提供することを課題としている。具体的には、OMCのABSコンフィギュレーション決定部が、HeNB数が少ないほど下り送信を止める頻度を低くし、HeNB数が多いほど下り送信を止める頻度を高くするよう定義されたABSコンフィギュレーションテーブルを備える。そして、ABSコンフィギュレーション決定部は、MeNBエリア内のHeNB数を取得し、取得したHeNB数に応じたABSコンフィギュレーションをABSコンフィギュレーションテーブルから求め、MeNBに適用することを決定する。
A specific application example of the technology related to the ABS as described above is described in Patent Document 1, for example. In the technique described in Patent Document 1, it is an object to provide a server device and an interference control method that suppress interference between cells and suppress a decrease in throughput of the entire network. Specifically, the ABS configuration determination unit of the OMC defines an ABS configuration table that is defined so as to reduce the frequency of stopping downlink transmission as the number of HeNBs decreases and to increase the frequency of stopping downlink transmission as the number of HeNBs increases. Prepare. Then, the ABS configuration determination unit acquires the number of HeNBs in the MeNB area, determines an ABS configuration corresponding to the acquired number of HeNBs from the ABS configuration table, and determines to apply to the MeNB.
上述したようにABSを設定することによりスループットの改善を図ることが可能となる。
As described above, throughput can be improved by setting ABS.
しかしながら、現実にはマクロセル基地局1001とスモールセル基地局1002間にX2 Interfaceが設けられていないような場合も有り得る。例えば、マクロセル基地局1001とスモールセル基地局1002それぞれの製造ベンダーが異なり、作業時間を考慮して相互接続試験を実施しない場合や、スモールセル基地局1002を多数設定するため、コスト的に全セルペアのX2用途のネットワークを敷設できない場合などである。このような場合に、マクロセル基地局1001がABSを設定してしまうと、スモールセル端末1021及びスモールセル端末1022のスループットが改善せず、更に、それにも関わらずマクロセル端末1011~マクロセル端末1013のスループットだけが劣化してしまうという問題が生じる。これは、図18に表した構成に限らず、例えば特許文献1に記載の構成等の一般的な技術であっても、X2 Interfaceを利用してABSの設定を通知する必要があるため同様の問題が生じる。
However, in reality, there may be a case where the X2 Interface is not provided between the macro cell base station 1001 and the small cell base station 1002. For example, when the manufacturing vendors of the macro cell base station 1001 and the small cell base station 1002 are different from each other and the interconnection test is not performed in consideration of the working time, or because many small cell base stations 1002 are set, This is a case where a network for X2 cannot be installed. In such a case, if the macro cell base station 1001 sets the ABS, the throughput of the small cell terminal 1021 and the small cell terminal 1022 is not improved, and the throughput of the macro cell terminal 1011 to the macro cell terminal 1013 is nevertheless improved. The problem arises that only the deterioration occurs. This is not limited to the configuration shown in FIG. 18, and it is necessary to notify the ABS setting using the X2 Interface even in a general technique such as the configuration described in Patent Document 1, for example. Problems arise.
ここで、そのような問題が生じてしまう理由について説明する。X2 Interfaceが設けられていない場合にはABSを設定したマクロセル基地局1001からスモールセル基地局1002へは、ABS Statusが通知されない。よって、スモールセル基地局1002は、スモールセル端末1021及びスモールセル端末1022へ、ABSとNon-ABSを区別し、ABSとNon-ABSで個別に通信路品質を測定するための情報を記載したCQI-ReportingConfigを通知できない。
Here, the reason why such a problem occurs will be explained. When the X2 interface is not provided, the ABS status is not notified from the macro cell base station 1001 that has set the ABS to the small cell base station 1002. Therefore, the small cell base station 1002 distinguishes the ABS and the Non-ABS from the small cell terminal 1021 and the small cell terminal 1022, and describes the CQI that describes information for measuring the channel quality individually in the ABS and the Non-ABS. -Reporting Config cannot be notified.
従って、スモールセル端末1021及びスモールセル端末1022は、ABSとNon-ABSを区別せずに通信路品質を測定し、通信路品質情報であるCSIをスモールセル基地局に通知する。
Therefore, the small cell terminal 1021 and the small cell terminal 1022 measure the channel quality without distinguishing between the ABS and the Non-ABS, and notify the small cell base station of CSI, which is channel quality information.
その結果、報告されたCSIに含まれるCQIから換算した通信路品質の推定値が通信路品質の実測値と大きく乖離する可能性がある。
As a result, there is a possibility that the estimated value of the channel quality converted from the CQI included in the reported CSI is greatly deviated from the actually measured value of the channel quality.
この点について説明するために、CQIから換算した通信路品質の推定値と、ユーザデータ送信時の通信路品質の実測値とを時系列に沿って並べたデータの一例を表す図20を参照する。
In order to explain this point, reference is made to FIG. 20, which represents an example of data in which an estimated value of channel quality converted from CQI and an actual value of channel quality at the time of user data transmission are arranged in time series. .
スモールセル端末(例えば図18の構成であればスモールセル端末1021に相当)は、通信路品質として1Subframeの瞬時値を5Subframe周期に測定し、測定の4Subframe後にスモールセル基地局(例えば図18の構成であればスモールセル基地局1002に相当)に報告している。一方で、スモールセル基地局はスモールセル端末より報告されたCQIから換算した通信路品質の推定値に基づいて、MCSなどの無線リソース割り当てを決定する。すなわち、或る1Subframe(例えば、図20のk-4とする)はABSであり、その或る1Subframeの瞬時値を測定の4Subframe後(例えば、図20のkとする)にスモール基地局にABS時の測定結果が報告される。これにより、次の報告がなされるまでの5Subframe間(例えば図20のk~k+4)のCQI換算の推定値はABS時の測定結果に基づいたものとなる。他方、次の測定周期の或る1Subframe(例えば、図20のk+1とする)はNon-ABSであり、その或る1Subframeの瞬時値を測定の4Subframe後(例えば、図20のk+5とする)にスモール基地局にNon-ABS時の測定結果が報告される。これにより、次の報告がなされるまでの5Subframe間(例えば図20のk+5~k+9)のCQI換算の推定値はNon-ABS時の測定結果に基づいたものとなる。
The small cell terminal (e.g., corresponding to the small cell terminal 1021 in the configuration of FIG. 18) measures the instantaneous value of 1 Subframe as the channel quality in 5 Subframe cycles, and the small cell base station (for example, the configuration of FIG. 18) after 4 Subframes of measurement. If so, it is reported to the small cell base station 1002). On the other hand, the small cell base station determines radio resource allocation such as MCS based on the estimated channel quality value converted from the CQI reported from the small cell terminal. That is, a certain 1 Subframe (for example, k-4 in FIG. 20) is an ABS, and an instantaneous value of the certain 1 Subframe is set to an ABS to a small base station after 4 Subframes of measurement (for example, k in FIG. 20). Time measurement results are reported. As a result, the estimated value in CQI conversion between 5 Subframes (for example, k to k + 4 in FIG. 20) until the next report is made is based on the measurement result at the time of ABS. On the other hand, a certain 1 subframe (for example, k + 1 in FIG. 20) in the next measurement period is a Non-ABS, and an instantaneous value of the certain 1 subframe is 4 Subframes after the measurement (for example, k + 5 in FIG. 20). The measurement result at Non-ABS is reported to the small base station. As a result, the estimated value in terms of CQI between 5 subframes (for example, k + 5 to k + 9 in FIG. 20) until the next report is made is based on the measurement result at Non-ABS.
このような状況下で、Non-ABSでの無線リソース割り当てにおいて、Non-ABSで測定されたCQIを用いる場合は、通信路品質の推定値と実測値の相関が高いため、期待した送信誤り率(BLER:Block Error Rate)での送信が実行できる(例えば図20の(a)で指すk-3やk-4参照)。同様に、ABSでの無線リソース割り当てにおいて、ABSで測定されたCQIを用いる場合も、マクロセルからの干渉抑制によるスループットの改善要因となる(例えば図20の(b)で指すkやk+2参照)。
Under such circumstances, when CQI measured by Non-ABS is used in radio resource allocation by Non-ABS, the correlation between the estimated value of channel quality and the actual measured value is high, and thus the expected transmission error rate. Transmission with (BLER: Block Error Rate) can be executed (see, for example, k-3 and k-4 indicated by (a) in FIG. 20). Similarly, when CQI measured by ABS is used in radio resource allocation by ABS, it becomes a factor for improving throughput by suppressing interference from the macro cell (see, for example, k and k + 2 shown in FIG. 20B).
しかし、Non-ABSでの無線リソース割り当てにおいて、ABSで測定されたCQIを用いる場合、実測値に対して推定値が著しく大きくなる(例えば図20の(1)で指すk+1参照)。そのため、通信路品質に対して、過剰な送信ビット数となるMCSを選択することになり、BLERが増加してしまう、という問題が生じる。
However, when CQI measured by ABS is used in radio resource allocation by Non-ABS, the estimated value becomes significantly larger than the actually measured value (see, for example, k + 1 indicated by (1) in FIG. 20). For this reason, an MCS having an excessive number of transmission bits is selected for the channel quality, resulting in a problem that BLER increases.
同様に、ABSでの無線リソース割り当てにおいて、Non-ABSで測定されたCQIを用いる場合、マクロセルからの干渉抑制があったとしても達成できる通信路品質(実測値)に対して、推定値が著しく低くなる(例えば図20の(2)で指すk+6参照)。そのため、大きなMCSを選択できず、スモールセル端末の送信ビット数はあまり大きくならない。以上の結果、BLERの増加が大きく影響し、スモールセル端末のスループットは改善せず、更に、それにも関わらずABS設定は実行されるため、マクロセル端末のスループットだけが劣化してしまう、という上述の問題が生じることとなる。
Similarly, when CQI measured by Non-ABS is used in radio resource allocation at ABS, the estimated value is significantly higher than the channel quality (actually measured value) that can be achieved even if there is interference suppression from the macro cell. (For example, refer to k + 6 indicated by (2) in FIG. 20). Therefore, a large MCS cannot be selected, and the number of transmission bits of the small cell terminal does not become so large. As a result of the above, the increase in BLER greatly affects the throughput of the small cell terminal, and further, since the ABS setting is executed nevertheless, only the throughput of the macro cell terminal is deteriorated. Problems will arise.
このような問題による悪影響の緩和のための一策として例えば、干渉電力を平均化することが考えられる。すなわち、スモールセル端末が、上記のように或る1Subframeの通信路品質をCQIとして報告するのではなく、複数Subframeの通信路品質を平均してCQIとして報告することが考えられる。
For example, it is conceivable to average the interference power as a measure for mitigating the adverse effects caused by such a problem. That is, it is conceivable that the small cell terminal does not report the channel quality of a certain one subframe as CQI as described above, but reports the channel quality of a plurality of subframes as an average CQI.
もっともこのようにしたとしても、上述したNon-ABSでの無線リソース割り当てにおいてBLERが増加する問題を十分改善できない。また、平均化によって、ABSでの通信路品質の推定値が実測値に対して小さくなるので、ABS設定によるスモールセル端末のスループット改善効果も小さくなる。更に、平均化によって、例えば通信路品質の推定値と実測値の相関が高かった図20のk-3やk-4におけるBLERが増加し、図20のkやk+2におけるスループット改善効果も小さくなる。
However, even if this is done, the problem of increasing BLER in the above-described non-ABS radio resource allocation cannot be sufficiently improved. Moreover, since the estimated value of the channel quality at the ABS is smaller than the actual measurement value by averaging, the effect of improving the throughput of the small cell terminal by the ABS setting is also reduced. Further, by averaging, for example, the BLER at k-3 and k-4 in FIG. 20 where the correlation between the estimated value of the channel quality and the actual measurement value is high increases, and the throughput improvement effect at k and k + 2 in FIG. 20 is also reduced. .
そこで、本発明は、ABS等の制限時間フレーム設定をしたセルを管理する基地局から、その隣接セルを管理する基地局に対して、ABSパターン等の制限時間フレームパターンが通知されない場合でも、ABSパターン等の制限時間フレームパターンを推定することが可能な、制限時間フレームパターン推定方法、制限時間フレームパターン推定装置、そのシステム及びそのプログラムを提供することを目的とする。
Therefore, the present invention provides an ABS even when a time limit frame pattern such as an ABS pattern is not notified from a base station that manages a cell that has a time limit frame setting such as an ABS to a base station that manages its neighboring cells. It is an object of the present invention to provide a time limit frame pattern estimation method, a time limit frame pattern estimation apparatus, a system thereof, and a program thereof capable of estimating a time limit frame pattern such as a pattern.
本発明の第1の観点によれば、第1のエリアでの無線通信に対して干渉を与える無線通信が行われる第2のエリアでは、所定のフレームパターンに基づいて無線通信を制限されるフレームである制限時間フレームと制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームとを切り替える、という状況下にて、前記第1のエリアにて少なくとも前記第2のエリアからの信号を測定することにより複数フレームのそれぞれについて品質指標を算出し、前記算出した複数フレームのそれぞれの品質指標に基づいて算出した算出品質指標と、前記複数フレームの何れかであって今回判定対象とするフレームの品質指標とを比較することによって、前記今回判定対象とするフレームが、前記制限時間フレームと、前記制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームとの何れであるかを推定し、該推定を複数のフレームについて行うことにより前記所定のフレームパターンとしてどのようなフレームパターンが使用されているかを推定することを特徴とする制限時間フレームパターン推定装置が提供される。
According to the first aspect of the present invention, in a second area where radio communication that interferes with radio communication in the first area is performed, a frame in which radio communication is restricted based on a predetermined frame pattern The quality of each of the plurality of frames is measured by measuring a signal from at least the second area in the first area in a situation where the time frame is switched to a time frame other than the time limit frame. By calculating an index and comparing the calculated quality index calculated based on the calculated quality index of each of the plurality of frames and the quality index of the frame that is currently determined in any of the plurality of frames, The frame to be determined this time is either the time limit frame or a time frame other than the time limit frame. Or estimating the time limit frame pattern estimation apparatus and estimates what frame pattern as the predetermined frame pattern by performing the estimation for a plurality of frames is used is provided.
本発明の第2の観点によれば、コンピュータが行う制限時間フレームパターン推定方法であって、第1のエリアでの無線通信に対して干渉を与える無線通信が行われる第2のエリアでは、所定のフレームパターンに基づいて無線通信を制限されるフレームである制限時間フレームと制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームとを切り替える、という状況下にて、前記第1のエリアにて少なくとも前記第2のエリアからの信号を測定することにより複数フレームのそれぞれについて品質指標を算出し、前記算出した複数フレームのそれぞれの品質指標に基づいて算出した算出品質指標と、前記複数フレームの何れかであって今回判定対象とするフレームの品質指標とを比較することによって、前記今回判定対象とするフレームが、前記制限時間フレームと、前記制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームとの何れであるかを推定し、該推定を複数のフレームについて行うことにより前記所定のフレームパターンとしてどのようなフレームパターンが使用されているかを推定することを特徴とする制限時間フレームパターン推定方法が提供される。
According to a second aspect of the present invention, there is provided a time limit frame pattern estimation method performed by a computer, wherein in a second area where radio communication that interferes with radio communication in the first area is performed, a predetermined area is used. Under the situation of switching between a time limit frame that is a frame for which wireless communication is restricted based on the frame pattern and a time frame other than the time limit frame, at least from the second area in the first area The quality index is calculated for each of a plurality of frames by measuring the signal, and the calculated quality index calculated based on the calculated quality index of each of the plurality of frames and any of the plurality of frames and the current determination target By comparing the quality index of the frame to be determined, the frame to be determined this time is And a frame other than the time limit frame is estimated, and the estimation is performed for a plurality of frames to estimate what frame pattern is used as the predetermined frame pattern. There is provided a time period frame pattern estimation method characterized in that:
本発明の第3の観点によれば、複数の第1のエリアそれぞれでの無線通信に対して干渉を与える無線通信が行われる第2のエリアでは、所定のフレームパターンに基づいて無線通信を制限されるフレームである制限時間フレームと制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームとを切り替える、という状況下にて、前記複数の第1のエリアの基地局それぞれが少なくとも前記第2のエリアからの信号を測定することにより複数フレームのそれぞれについて品質指標を算出し、前記算出した複数フレームのそれぞれの品質指標に基づいて算出した算出品質指標と、前記複数フレームの何れかであって今回判定対象とするフレームの品質指標とを比較することによって、前記今回判定対象とするフレームが、前記制限時間フレームと、前記制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームとの何れであるかを推定し、該推定を複数のフレームについて行うことにより前記所定のフレームパターンとしてどのようなフレームパターンが使用されているかを推定し、前記各基地局間にて推定したフレームパターンを通知しあい、前記各基地局は該基地局自身が推定したフレームパターンと他の基地局から通知されたフレームパターンとの双方に基づいて前記フレームパターンを再度推定することを特徴とする制限時間フレームパターン推定システムが提供される。
According to the third aspect of the present invention, in the second area where radio communication that interferes with radio communication in each of the plurality of first areas is performed, the radio communication is limited based on a predetermined frame pattern. Each of the plurality of first area base stations measures a signal from at least the second area under the situation of switching between a time limit frame that is a frame to be transmitted and a time frame other than the time limit frame. By calculating the quality index for each of the plurality of frames, the calculated quality index calculated based on the calculated quality index of each of the plurality of frames, and the quality of any of the plurality of frames that are to be determined this time By comparing the index, the frame to be determined this time is determined to be the time limit frame and the time limit frame. The time frame other than the time frame is estimated, and by performing the estimation for a plurality of frames, it is estimated what frame pattern is used as the predetermined frame pattern. Each base station notifies each other of the estimated frame pattern and re-estimates the frame pattern based on both the frame pattern estimated by the base station itself and the frame pattern notified from the other base station. A featured limited time frame pattern estimation system is provided.
本発明の第4の観点によれば、複数の第1のエリアそれぞれでの無線通信に対して干渉を与える無線通信が行われる第2のエリアでは、所定のフレームパターンに基づいて無線通信を制限されるフレームである制限時間フレームと制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームとを切り替える、という状況下にて、前記第1のエリアにて少なくとも前記第2のエリアからの信号を測定することにより複数フレームのそれぞれについて品質指標を算出し、前記算出した複数フレームのそれぞれの品質指標に基づいて算出した算出品質指標と、前記複数フレームの何れかであって今回判定対象とするフレームの品質指標とを比較することによって、前記今回判定対象とするフレームが、前記制限時間フレームと、前記制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームとの何れであるかを推定し、該推定を複数のフレームについて行うことにより前記所定のフレームパターンとしてどのようなフレームパターンが使用されているかを推定し、前記各基地局にて推定したフレームパターンを当該マスタノードに報告し、当該マスタノードは、前記各基地局から報告された複数のフレームパターンに基づいて前記フレームパターンを再度推定し、再度推定したフレームパターンを各基地局に通知することを特徴とするマスタノードが提供される。
According to the fourth aspect of the present invention, in the second area where radio communication that interferes with radio communication in each of the plurality of first areas is performed, the radio communication is limited based on a predetermined frame pattern. In the situation of switching between a time limit frame that is a frame to be transmitted and a time frame other than the time limit frame, a plurality of frames are measured by measuring a signal from at least the second area in the first area. A quality index is calculated for each, and the calculated quality index calculated based on the calculated quality index of each of the plurality of frames is compared with the quality index of the frame that is the current determination target of any of the plurality of frames. Thus, the frame to be determined this time is the time frame other than the time limit frame and the time frame other than the time limit frame. The frame pattern estimated by each base station is estimated by performing the estimation on a plurality of frames to estimate what frame pattern is used as the predetermined frame pattern. To the master node, and the master node re-estimates the frame pattern based on the plurality of frame patterns reported from each base station, and notifies each base station of the re-estimated frame pattern. A featured master node is provided.
本発明の第5の観点によれば、第1のエリアでの無線通信に対して干渉を与える無線通信が行われる第2のエリアでは、所定のフレームパターンに基づいて無線通信を制限されるフレームである制限時間フレームと制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームとを切り替える、という状況下にて、サーバ装置が、前記第2のエリアにて使用され得る前記所定のフレームパターンを決定し、決定した所定のフレームパターンをリストとして制限時間フレームパターン推定装置に送信し、前記制限時間フレームパターン推定装置が、前記第1のエリアにて少なくとも前記第2のエリアからの信号を測定することにより複数フレームのそれぞれについて品質指標を算出し、前記算出した複数フレームのそれぞれの品質指標に基づいて算出した算出品質指標と、前記複数フレームの何れかであって今回判定対象とするフレームの品質指標とを比較することによって、前記今回判定対象とするフレームが、前記制限時間フレームと、前記制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームとの何れであるかを推定し、該推定を複数のフレームについて行うことにより前記所定のフレームパターンとしてどのようなフレームパターンが使用されているかを推定したフレームパターンに基づいて前記リスト内のフレームパターンを選択することにより、前記フレームパターンを再度推定することを特徴とするシステムにおける前記サーバ装置が提供される。
According to the fifth aspect of the present invention, in the second area in which wireless communication that interferes with wireless communication in the first area is performed, the frame in which wireless communication is restricted based on a predetermined frame pattern The server device determines the predetermined frame pattern that can be used in the second area under the situation of switching between the time limit frame that is and a time frame other than the time limit frame. A frame pattern is transmitted to the time limit frame pattern estimation device as a list, and the time limit frame pattern estimation device measures at least signals from the second area in each of the plurality of frames in the first area. A quality index is calculated, and a calculated quality index is calculated based on the calculated quality index of each of the plurality of frames. And the quality index of the frame that is the current determination target among any of the plurality of frames, and the frame that is the current determination target is the time frame other than the time limit frame and the time frame other than the time limit frame The frame pattern in the list is estimated based on a frame pattern that is used as the predetermined frame pattern by performing the estimation for a plurality of frames. By selecting, the server apparatus in the system is provided in which the frame pattern is estimated again.
本発明の第6の観点によれば、第1のエリアでの無線通信に対して干渉を与える無線通信が行われる第2のエリアでは、所定のフレームパターンに基づいて無線通信を制限されるフレームである制限時間フレームと制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームとを切り替える、という状況下にて、前記第2のエリアの基地局が、前記第2のエリアにて使用され得る前記所定のフレームパターンを決定し、決定した所定のフレームパターンをリストとして制限時間フレームパターン推定装置に送信し、前記制限時間フレームパターン推定装置が、前記第1のエリアにて少なくとも前記第2のエリアからの信号を測定することにより複数フレームのそれぞれについて品質指標を算出し、前記算出した複数フレームのそれぞれの品質指標に基づいて算出した算出品質指標と、前記複数フレームの何れかであって今回判定対象とするフレームの品質指標とを比較することによって、前記今回判定対象とするフレームが、前記制限時間フレームと、前記制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームとの何れであるかを推定し、該推定を複数のフレームについて行うことにより前記所定のフレームパターンとしてどのようなフレームパターンが使用されているかを推定したフレームパターンに基づいて前記リスト内のフレームパターンを選択することにより、前記フレームパターンを再度推定することを特徴とするシステムにおける前記第2のエリアの基地局が提供される。
According to the sixth aspect of the present invention, in the second area in which wireless communication that interferes with wireless communication in the first area is performed, the frame in which wireless communication is restricted based on a predetermined frame pattern The base station in the second area determines the predetermined frame pattern that can be used in the second area under the situation of switching between a time limit frame that is a time frame and a time frame other than the time limit frame. Then, the determined predetermined frame pattern is transmitted as a list to the time limit frame pattern estimation device, and the time limit frame pattern estimation device measures a signal from at least the second area in the first area. To calculate the quality index for each of the plurality of frames, and calculate based on the calculated quality index for each of the plurality of frames. By comparing the calculated quality index with the quality index of any of the plurality of frames that is the current determination target, the current determination target frame is the time limit frame and the time limit frame. The list is based on a frame pattern that is estimated as a frame pattern that is used as the predetermined frame pattern by estimating the time frame other than the time frame and performing the estimation for a plurality of frames. A base station of the second area in the system is provided, wherein the frame pattern is re-estimated by selecting a frame pattern within.
本発明の第7の観点によれば、第1のエリアでの無線通信に対して干渉を与える無線通信が行われる第2のエリアでは、所定のフレームパターンに基づいて無線通信を制限されるフレームである制限時間フレームと制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームとを切り替える、という状況下にて、前記第1のエリアにて少なくとも前記第2のエリアからの信号を測定することにより複数フレームのそれぞれについて品質指標を算出し、前記算出した複数フレームそれぞれの品質指標に基づいて算出した算出品質指標と、前記複数フレームの何れかであって今回判定対象とするフレームの品質指標とを比較することによって、前記今回判定対象とするフレームが、前記制限時間フレームと、前記制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームとの何れであるかを推定し、該推定を複数のフレームについて行うことにより前記所定のフレームパターンとしてどのようなフレームパターンが使用されているかを推定する制限時間フレームパターン推定装置としてコンピュータを機能させることを特徴とする制限時間フレーム推定プログラムが提供される。
According to the seventh aspect of the present invention, in the second area in which radio communication that interferes with radio communication in the first area is performed, frames in which radio communication is restricted based on a predetermined frame pattern The quality of each of the plurality of frames is measured by measuring a signal from at least the second area in the first area in a situation where the time frame is switched to a time frame other than the time limit frame. By calculating an index and comparing the calculated quality index calculated based on the calculated quality index of each of the plurality of frames and the quality index of the frame that is the current determination target in any of the plurality of frames, The frame to be determined this time is either the time limit frame or a time frame other than the time limit frame. And a computer that functions as a time-limited frame pattern estimation device for estimating what frame pattern is used as the predetermined frame pattern by performing estimation for a plurality of frames. A time frame estimation program is provided.
本発明によれば、ABS等の制限時間フレーム設定をしたセルを管理する基地局から、その隣接セルを管理する基地局に対して、ABSパターン等の制限時間フレームパターンが通知されない場合でも、ABSパターン等の制限時間フレームパターンを推定することが可能となる。
According to the present invention, even when a base station that manages a cell in which a time limit frame is set such as an ABS is not notified of a time limit frame pattern such as an ABS pattern to the base station that manages the neighboring cell, the ABS A time limit frame pattern such as a pattern can be estimated.
10、20 無線通信システム
100-1、100-2、400-1、500-1、500-2、600-1、700-1 スモールセル基地局
101 基地局動作部
102 リファレンス信号生成部
103、403 NLM移行部
104、504、604 ABSパターン推定部
104-1、504-1、604-1 DL品質指標計算部
104-2、504-2、604-2 ABSパターン推定実施部
105 送信バッファ
106 スケジューラ
200-1、200-2 マクロセル基地局
300-P1-1、300-P1-2、300-P2-1、300-P2-2、300-M1-1、300-M1-2、300-M2-1、300-M2-2 端末
301 端末動作部
302 通信路品質測定部
700 OAMサーバ
900 通信回線ネットワーク 10, 20 Wireless communication systems 100-1, 100-2, 400-1, 500-1, 500-2, 600-1, 700-1 Smallcell base station 101 Base station operation unit 102 Reference signal generation units 103, 403 NLM transition units 104, 504, 604 ABS pattern estimation units 104-1, 504-1, 604-1 DL quality index calculation units 104-2, 504-2, 604-2 ABS pattern estimation execution unit 105 transmission buffer 106 scheduler 200 -1, 200-2 Macrocell base stations 300-P1-1, 300-P1-2, 300-P2-1, 300-P2-2, 300-M1-1, 300-M1-2, 300-M2-1 300-M2-2 terminal 301 terminal operation unit 302 channel quality measurement unit 700 OAM server 900 communication line network
100-1、100-2、400-1、500-1、500-2、600-1、700-1 スモールセル基地局
101 基地局動作部
102 リファレンス信号生成部
103、403 NLM移行部
104、504、604 ABSパターン推定部
104-1、504-1、604-1 DL品質指標計算部
104-2、504-2、604-2 ABSパターン推定実施部
105 送信バッファ
106 スケジューラ
200-1、200-2 マクロセル基地局
300-P1-1、300-P1-2、300-P2-1、300-P2-2、300-M1-1、300-M1-2、300-M2-1、300-M2-2 端末
301 端末動作部
302 通信路品質測定部
700 OAMサーバ
900 通信回線ネットワーク 10, 20 Wireless communication systems 100-1, 100-2, 400-1, 500-1, 500-2, 600-1, 700-1 Small
まず、本発明の実施形態の概略を説明する。
First, an outline of an embodiment of the present invention will be described.
本発明の実施形態によれば、マクロセル基地局がABSを設定した場合、マクロセル基地局からスモールセル基地局へABS Statusの通知がない場合でも、スモールセル端末のスループットを改善できる。その理由は、スモールセル基地局は自局で測定した通信路品質情報を用いてマクロセル基地局のABSパターンを推定するからである。そして、その推定結果に基づいて端末にCQIの報告を指示するので、スモールセル基地局がABSとNon-ABSにおいて、適切な通信路品質を取得できるので、実際の通信品質に対して適切なMCSを割り当てることができるからである。
以上が本発明の実施形態の概略である。 According to the embodiment of the present invention, when the macro cell base station sets the ABS, the throughput of the small cell terminal can be improved even when the macro cell base station does not notify the small cell base station of the ABS status. The reason is that the small cell base station estimates the ABS pattern of the macro cell base station using the channel quality information measured by itself. Then, since the CQI report is instructed to the terminal based on the estimation result, the small cell base station can acquire an appropriate channel quality at the ABS and the Non-ABS, so that the MCS appropriate for the actual communication quality can be obtained. This is because it can be assigned.
The above is the outline of the embodiment of the present invention.
以上が本発明の実施形態の概略である。 According to the embodiment of the present invention, when the macro cell base station sets the ABS, the throughput of the small cell terminal can be improved even when the macro cell base station does not notify the small cell base station of the ABS status. The reason is that the small cell base station estimates the ABS pattern of the macro cell base station using the channel quality information measured by itself. Then, since the CQI report is instructed to the terminal based on the estimation result, the small cell base station can acquire an appropriate channel quality at the ABS and the Non-ABS, so that the MCS appropriate for the actual communication quality can be obtained. This is because it can be assigned.
The above is the outline of the embodiment of the present invention.
次に、本発明の実施の形態について図面を参照して詳細に説明する。ここで、今回の説明においては、本発明の実施形態の一例として4つの実施形態について説明する。
Next, embodiments of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to the drawings. Here, in this description, four embodiments will be described as an example of the embodiment of the present invention.
まず、ABSパターンを直接推定する実施形態である第1の実施形態について図1を参照して説明する。
First, a first embodiment, which is an embodiment for directly estimating an ABS pattern, will be described with reference to FIG.
図1を参照すると、本実施形態の無線通信システム10は、スモールセル基地局100-1及び100-2と、マクロセル基地局200-1及び200-2と、複数の端末300-P1-1、300-P1-2、300-P2-1、300-P2-2、300-M1-1、300-M1-2、300-M2-1及び300-M2-2と、を含む。なお、以下の各実施形態の説明においても同様であるが、各実施形態の構成は説明のための一例に過ぎない。つまり以下の各実施形態は、本発明の好適な実施形態ではあるが、上記実施形態のみに本発明の範囲を限定するものではなく、本発明の要旨を逸脱しない範囲において種々の変更を施した形態での実施が可能である。
Referring to FIG. 1, a radio communication system 10 according to the present embodiment includes small cell base stations 100-1 and 100-2, macro cell base stations 200-1 and 200-2, a plurality of terminals 300-P1-1, 300-P1-2, 300-P2-1, 300-P2-2, 300-M1-1, 300-M1-2, 300-M2-1 and 300-M2-2. The same applies to the description of each embodiment below, but the configuration of each embodiment is merely an example for description. That is, each of the following embodiments is a preferred embodiment of the present invention, but the scope of the present invention is not limited only to the above-described embodiment, and various modifications are made without departing from the gist of the present invention. Implementation in the form is possible.
例えば、図1おいては、無線通信システム10が、マクロセル基地局及びスモールセル基地局をそれぞれ2台含む例について説明しているが、無線通信システム10は、これらの基地局を1台或いは3台以上含むようにするのも良い。さらに、無線通信システム10は、図1に表される端末よりも多くの端末又は少ない端末を含むようにするのも良い。また、今回の説明において無線通信システム10は、LTEに準拠した通信における下りリンクへの適用を想定しているが、他の通信方式に準拠して本実施形態を実現するようにしても良い。
For example, FIG. 1 illustrates an example in which the wireless communication system 10 includes two macro cell base stations and two small cell base stations, but the wireless communication system 10 includes one or three of these base stations. It is good to include more than one unit. Further, the wireless communication system 10 may include more or fewer terminals than the terminals illustrated in FIG. In this description, the wireless communication system 10 is assumed to be applied to the downlink in the communication conforming to LTE, but the present embodiment may be realized in conformity with other communication methods.
次に、本実施形態における説明方法及び表記について説明する。各図中及び以下の説明においては端末300の符号にP又はMの文字を含ませている。ここで、MはMacro(マクロ)頭文字であり、PはPico(ピコ)の頭文字である。もっとも、上述したようにピコセルのことを以下の説明においてはスモールセルと呼ぶ。また、ピコセル基地局のことはスモールセル基地局と呼ぶ。
Next, the explanation method and notation in this embodiment will be explained. In each figure and in the following description, the symbol of the terminal 300 includes the letter P or M. Here, M is an acronym for Macro, and P is an acronym for Pico. However, as described above, the pico cell is referred to as a small cell in the following description. A picocell base station is called a small cell base station.
そして、例えば「端末300-P1-X」と表記した場合は、この端末300がスモールセル基地局100-1に接続している端末300であることを意味する。同様に、端末300-M1-Yは、この端末300がマクロセル基地局200-1に接続している端末300であることを意味する。更に、X、Yは、各基地局において端末を識別するための任意のインデックスとする。
For example, the notation “terminal 300-P1-X” means that the terminal 300 is the terminal 300 connected to the small cell base station 100-1. Similarly, terminal 300-M1-Y means that terminal 300 is terminal 300 connected to macro cell base station 200-1. Furthermore, X and Y are arbitrary indexes for identifying terminals in each base station.
また以下の説明では、各スモールセル基地局(例えば、スモールセル基地局100-1及び100-2)、各マクロセル基地局(例えば、マクロセル基地局200-1及び200-2)で共通した事項を説明する場合、符号の末尾を記述せずに、それぞれ、「スモールセル基地局100は~」、「マクロセル基地局200は~」のように述べる。同様に、端末についても、スモールセル基地局に接続している各端末(例えば、端末300-P1-1、300-P1-2、300-P2-1及び300-P2-2)、マクロセル基地局に接続している各端末(例えば、300-M1-1、300-M1-2、300-M2-1及び300-M2-2)に共通した事項を説明する場合、それぞれ、「スモールセル端末300-Pは~」、「マクロセル端末300-Mは~」のように述べる。また、更に接続する基地局にも関わらず共通した事項を説明する場合、「端末300は~」のように述べる。
Further, in the following description, items common to each small cell base station (for example, small cell base stations 100-1 and 100-2) and each macro cell base station (for example, macro cell base stations 200-1 and 200-2) are described. In the description, without describing the end of the code, “small cell base station 100 is” and “macro cell base station 200 is” are described. Similarly, for the terminal, each terminal connected to the small cell base station (for example, the terminals 300-P1-1, 300-P1-2, 300-P2-1 and 300-P2-2), the macro cell base station When the items common to the terminals (for example, 300-M1-1, 300-M1-2, 300-M2-1, and 300-M2-2) connected to the mobile terminal are described, -P is "," and "Macrocell terminal 300-M is". Further, when a common item is described regardless of the connected base station, “terminal 300 is” is described.
続いて、無線通信システム10に含まれる各機器について詳細に説明する。
Subsequently, each device included in the wireless communication system 10 will be described in detail.
スモールセル基地局100-1及び100-2と、マクロセル基地局200-1及び200-2とは、通信回線ネットワーク900(図中ではNW900と表記する。)を介して相互に通信が可能である。但し、各スモールセル基地局100と各マクロセル基地局200間にはX2 Interfaceは無いものとする。そのため、本実施形態では各マクロセル基地局200がABSを設定した場合であっても、各マクロセル基地局200から各スモールセル基地局100へABS Statusの通知をすることは出来ないものとする。
The small cell base stations 100-1 and 100-2 and the macro cell base stations 200-1 and 200-2 can communicate with each other via a communication line network 900 (denoted as NW900 in the figure). . However, it is assumed that there is no X2 interface between each small cell base station 100 and each macro cell base station 200. Therefore, in this embodiment, even if each macro cell base station 200 sets an ABS, it is not possible to notify the ABS Status from each macro cell base station 200 to each small cell base station 100.
また、各スモールセル基地局100と各マクロセル基地局200は、それぞれ複数の通信エリアであるセルを管理することができる。もっとも、以下の説明においては説明を簡略化し、要旨を明確とするために、各スモールセル基地局100と各マクロセル基地局200が、それぞれ1つの通信エリアを管理する例について説明する。
Also, each small cell base station 100 and each macro cell base station 200 can manage cells that are a plurality of communication areas. However, in the following description, an example in which each small cell base station 100 and each macro cell base station 200 manages one communication area will be described in order to simplify the description and clarify the gist.
各スモールセル基地局100は、低送信電力基地局であり、各マクロセル基地局200と比べ、狭い通信エリアを有する。また、各スモールセル基地局100の通信エリアの少なくとも一部又は全部は、各マクロセル基地局200の通信エリアに包含されるとする。
Each small cell base station 100 is a low transmission power base station and has a narrow communication area compared to each macro cell base station 200. In addition, it is assumed that at least part or all of the communication area of each small cell base station 100 is included in the communication area of each macro cell base station 200.
各スモールセル基地局100は、当該基地局100が管理する通信エリア内に存在する端末300-Pとの間で無線通信を行う。各スモールセル基地局100は、複数の端末300-Pのそれぞれとの間で同時に無線通信を実行できる。
Each small cell base station 100 performs wireless communication with a terminal 300-P existing in a communication area managed by the base station 100. Each small cell base station 100 can simultaneously perform radio communication with each of the plurality of terminals 300-P.
各マクロセル基地局200は、各スモールセル基地局100と比べ、広い通信エリアを有する基地局である。各マクロセル基地局200は、各マクロセル基地局200自身が管理する通信エリアから、各スモールセル基地局100が管理する通信エリアを除いた通信エリア内に存在する端末300-Mとの間で無線通信を行う。各スモールセル基地局100と同様に、各マクロセル基地局200は、複数の端末300-Mのそれぞれと同時に無線通信を実行できる。
Each macro cell base station 200 is a base station having a wider communication area than each small cell base station 100. Each macro cell base station 200 performs wireless communication with a terminal 300-M existing in a communication area excluding the communication area managed by each small cell base station 100 from the communication area managed by each macro cell base station 200 itself. I do. Similar to each small cell base station 100, each macro cell base station 200 can perform wireless communication simultaneously with each of the plurality of terminals 300-M.
各スモールセル基地局100と各マクロセル基地局200は、図示しない情報処理装置によりその機能を実現される。情報処理装置は、図示しない中央処理装置(例えば、CPU;Central Processing Unit)、及び、記憶装置(メモリ及びハードディスク駆動装置(例えば、HDD;Hard Disk Drive))を含む。各スモールセル基地局100と各マクロセル基地局200は、中央処理装置が、記憶装置に記憶されているソフトウェアである本実施形態特有のプログラムを読み込み、このプログラムに基づいた演算処理の結果に応じて各ハードウェアを制御することにより実現される。
The functions of each small cell base station 100 and each macro cell base station 200 are realized by an information processing device (not shown). The information processing apparatus includes a central processing unit (for example, CPU: Central Processing Unit) (not shown) and a storage device (memory and hard disk drive (for example, HDD: Hard Disk Drive)). In each small cell base station 100 and each macro cell base station 200, the central processing unit reads a program specific to the present embodiment which is software stored in the storage device, and according to the result of the arithmetic processing based on this program. This is realized by controlling each hardware.
各端末300は、任意の機器により実現可能であるが、本実施形態では携帯電話機により実現することを想定する。ここで、各端末300を実現するための任意の機器とは、例えばパーソナル・コンピュータ、PHS(Personal Handyphone System)端末、PDA(Personal Data Assistance、Personal Digital Assistant)、スマートフォン、タブレット端末、カーナビゲーション端末、又は、ゲーム端末等であってもよい。
Each terminal 300 can be realized by an arbitrary device, but in the present embodiment, it is assumed to be realized by a mobile phone. Here, an arbitrary device for realizing each terminal 300 is, for example, a personal computer, a PHS (Personal Handyphone System) terminal, a PDA (Personal Data Assistant, Personal Digital Assistant), a smartphone, a tablet terminal, a car navigation terminal, Or a game terminal etc. may be sufficient.
各端末300は、中央処理装置(例えば、CPU)、記憶装置(例えば、メモリ)、入力装置(例えば、キーボタン及びマイクロフォン)、及び、出力装置(例えば、ディスプレイ及びスピーカ)を含む。各端末300は、中央処理装置が、記憶装置に記憶されているソフトウェアである本実施形態特有のプログラムを読み込み、このプログラムに基づいた演算処理の結果に応じて各ハードウェアを制御することにより実現される。
Each terminal 300 includes a central processing unit (for example, a CPU), a storage device (for example, a memory), an input device (for example, a key button and a microphone), and an output unit (for example, a display and a speaker). Each terminal 300 is realized by the central processing unit reading a program specific to the present embodiment, which is software stored in the storage device, and controlling each hardware according to the result of the arithmetic processing based on this program Is done.
続いて図2を参照して各スモールセル基地局100が有する機能について説明する。図2は、図1に表される無線通信システム10におけるスモールセル基地局100-1の機能を表すブロック図である。なお、今回はスモールセル基地局100-1を各スモールセル基地局100の代表として説明を行うが、他の各スモールセル基地局100(例えば、スモールセル基地局100-2)の機能も、スモールセル基地局100-1の機能と同じである。
Next, functions of each small cell base station 100 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 2 is a block diagram showing functions of the small cell base station 100-1 in the wireless communication system 10 shown in FIG. Note that this time, the small cell base station 100-1 will be described as a representative of each small cell base station 100, but the functions of the other small cell base stations 100 (for example, the small cell base station 100-2) The function is the same as that of the cell base station 100-1.
スモールセル基地局100-1は、基地局動作部101、リファレンス信号生成部102、NLM移行部103、ABSパターン推定部104、送信バッファ105及びスケジューラ106を含む。
The small cell base station 100-1 includes a base station operation unit 101, a reference signal generation unit 102, an NLM transition unit 103, an ABS pattern estimation unit 104, a transmission buffer 105, and a scheduler 106.
基地局動作部101は、種々の機能を有する。具体的には、基地局動作部101は、スモールセル基地局100-1と接続中の各端末300-P1との間で無線信号を送受信する機能を有する。また、基地局動作部101は、無線信号の送受信に用いる割り当て帯域や、MCS Indexなどのスケジューリング情報や、送信電力の設定情報を各端末300-P1に通知する機能を有する。
The base station operation unit 101 has various functions. Specifically, the base station operation unit 101 has a function of transmitting and receiving radio signals between the small cell base station 100-1 and each terminal 300-P1 that is connected. Further, the base station operation unit 101 has a function of notifying each terminal 300-P1 of an allocated band used for transmission / reception of a radio signal, scheduling information such as MCS Index, and transmission power setting information.
更に、基地局動作部101は、ABSパターン推定部104が推定したマクロセル基地局200-1のABSパターンを保持する機能を有する。
Furthermore, the base station operation unit 101 has a function of holding the ABS pattern of the macrocell base station 200-1 estimated by the ABS pattern estimation unit 104.
更に、基地局動作部101は、そのABSパターンに基づいたCQI-ReportingConfigを各端末300-P1に通知する機能を有する。ここで、本実施形態では、ABSパターン推定部104が推定したマクロセル基地局200-1のABSパターンにABSが含まれる場合、CQI-ReportingConfigは、ABSとNon-ABSを区別し、ABSとNon-ABSで個別にCSIを報告させる通知となる。また、ABSパターン推定部104が推定したマクロセル基地局200-1のABSパターンにABSが含まれない場合、CQI-ReportingConfigは、ABSとNon-ABSを区別せず単に周期的に報告させる通知となる。
Furthermore, the base station operation unit 101 has a function of notifying each terminal 300-P1 of CQI-Reporting Config based on the ABS pattern. Here, in the present embodiment, when the ABS is included in the ABS pattern of the macro cell base station 200-1 estimated by the ABS pattern estimation unit 104, the CQI-ReportingConfig distinguishes between ABS and Non-ABS, and ABS and Non-ABS It is a notification that causes CSI to be reported individually by the ABS. In addition, when the ABS is not included in the ABS pattern of the macro cell base station 200-1 estimated by the ABS pattern estimation unit 104, the CQI-ReportingConfig is a notification for simply reporting periodically without distinguishing the ABS and the Non-ABS. .
更に、基地局動作部101は、マクロセル基地局200-1とそれ以外の周辺マクロセル基地局200-k(k≠1)とを識別するために使用する情報が記載された周辺基地局リストを有している。そして、その周辺基地局リストに記載されている基地局(以下、「周辺基地局」と呼ぶ)と、スモールセル基地局100-1の各通信路品質の報告タイミングとを各端末300-P1に通知する機能を有する。
Further, the base station operation unit 101 has a peripheral base station list in which information used for identifying the macro cell base station 200-1 and other peripheral macro cell base stations 200-k (k ≠ 1) is described. is doing. Then, the base station (hereinafter referred to as “peripheral base station”) described in the peripheral base station list and the report timing of each channel quality of the small cell base station 100-1 are transmitted to each terminal 300-P1. It has a function to notify.
更に、基地局動作部101は、周辺基地局からの無線信号を受信する機能を有する。更に、基地局動作部101は、周辺基地局のABS設定情報(ABS Status)などを保持する機能を有する。
Furthermore, the base station operation unit 101 has a function of receiving radio signals from neighboring base stations. Further, the base station operation unit 101 has a function of holding ABS setting information (ABS Status) of neighboring base stations.
なお、これらの基地局動作部101各機能は、保持されるABSパターンが推定されたものである等の違いを除くと、基地局としての一般的な機能であり、その機能に関する構成及び動作については、当業者にとって広く知られているため説明を省略する。
Each function of these base station operation units 101 is a general function as a base station except for differences such as the estimated ABS pattern to be held. Are well known to those skilled in the art, and thus the description thereof is omitted.
リファレンス信号生成部102は、各端末300-P1が、スモールセル基地局100-1との間の通信路品質を測定するために用いるリファレンス信号を生成する機能を有する。リファレンス信号生成部102は、生成した信号を、基地局動作部101を介して各端末300-P1へ送信する。
The reference signal generation unit 102 has a function of generating a reference signal used by each terminal 300-P1 to measure the channel quality with the small cell base station 100-1. The reference signal generation unit 102 transmits the generated signal to each terminal 300-P1 via the base station operation unit 101.
NLM移行部103は、スモールセル基地局100-1をNLM(Network Listen Mode)へ移行させるか否かを判定する機能を有する。ここで、NLMとは、基地局自身が下り信号の受信を行うモードのことである。NLMについては、非特許文献4に詳細に規定されている。
The NLM transition unit 103 has a function of determining whether or not to shift the small cell base station 100-1 to NLM (Network Listen Mode). Here, NLM is a mode in which the base station itself receives a downlink signal. NLM is defined in detail in Non-Patent Document 4.
そして、NLMに移行する場合、NLM移行部103は、各端末300-P1に対して無線信号を送信する基地局動作部101の動作を停止させる。また、NLMに移行する場合、NLM移行部103は、基地局動作部101を介してスケジューラ106の動作を停止させる。更に、NLMに移行する場合、NLM移行部103は、基地局動作部101に周辺基地局からの無線信号の受信を開始させる。
And when shifting to NLM, the NLM shifting unit 103 stops the operation of the base station operating unit 101 that transmits a radio signal to each terminal 300-P1. Further, when shifting to NLM, the NLM shifting unit 103 stops the operation of the scheduler 106 via the base station operation unit 101. Furthermore, when shifting to NLM, the NLM shifting unit 103 causes the base station operation unit 101 to start receiving radio signals from neighboring base stations.
ABSパターン推定部104は、マクロセル基地局200-1のABSパターンを推定する機能を有する。ここで、ABSパターン推定部104は、DL品質指標計算部104-1とABSパターン推定実施部104-2を含む。
The ABS pattern estimation unit 104 has a function of estimating the ABS pattern of the macrocell base station 200-1. Here, the ABS pattern estimation unit 104 includes a DL quality index calculation unit 104-1 and an ABS pattern estimation execution unit 104-2.
また、DL品質指標計算部104-1は、基地局動作部101が保持する周辺基地局リストを参照して、マクロセル基地局200-1からの干渉レベルを判定するための基準である「品質指標」を測定する機能を有する。
Also, the DL quality index calculation unit 104-1 refers to a list of neighboring base stations held by the base station operation unit 101, and is a “quality index” that is a standard for determining the interference level from the macro cell base station 200-1. ”Is measured.
この点、非特許文献4に記載されるように、基地局はNLMを適用することで、基地局動作部101が保持する周辺基地局リストを参照して、周辺基地局のRSRP(Reference Signal Received Power)やRSRQ、或いはRSSI(Received Signal Strength Indicator)などを測定することができる。そして、本実施形態では、品質指標としてこれらの尺度から任意のものを採用できるが、以下の説明においては品質指標としてマクロセル基地局200-1のRSRQ(Reference Signal Received Quality)を採用したと想定する。
In this regard, as described in Non-Patent Document 4, the base station applies the NLM, thereby referring to the list of neighboring base stations held by the base station operation unit 101 and RSRP (Reference Signal Received of the neighboring base stations. Power), RSRQ, RSSI (Received Signal Signal Strength) Indicator, etc. can be measured. In this embodiment, any one of these scales can be adopted as the quality index. However, in the following description, it is assumed that RSRQ (Reference Signal Received Quality) of the macrocell base station 200-1 is adopted as the quality indicator. .
更に、DL品質指標計算部104-1は、測定した品質指標をABSの設定周期で集計し、ABSの設定周期における全Subframeに対する平均品質指標と、ABSの設定周期における各Subframeの平均品質指標を計算する機能を有する。本実施形態では、ABSの設定周期は40Subframeとする。計算した各平均品質指標は、ABSパターン推定実施部104-2で使用される。
Further, the DL quality index calculation unit 104-1 aggregates the measured quality index at the ABS setting period, and calculates the average quality index for all the subframes in the ABS setting period and the average quality index of each subframe in the ABS setting period. Has the function to calculate. In the present embodiment, the ABS setting cycle is 40 subframes. Each calculated average quality index is used by the ABS pattern estimation execution unit 104-2.
ABSパターン推定実施部104-2は、DL品質指標計算部104-1が計算した各平均品質指標を用いて、マクロセル基地局200-1のABSパターンの推定を実施する機能を有する。推定結果は基地局動作部101に出力され、基地局動作部101にて推定結果が管理される。具体的な推定方法については、動作の説明として後述する。
The ABS pattern estimation execution unit 104-2 has a function of estimating the ABS pattern of the macro cell base station 200-1 using each average quality index calculated by the DL quality index calculation unit 104-1. The estimation result is output to the base station operation unit 101, and the estimation result is managed by the base station operation unit 101. A specific estimation method will be described later as an explanation of the operation.
更に、ABSパターン推定実施部104-2は、NLMに移行しているスモールセル基地局100-1の、NLMを終了させる機能を有する。NLMを終了する場合、ABSパターン推定実施部104-2は、周辺基地局から無線信号を受信する基地局動作部101の動作を停止させる。また、NLMを終了する場合、ABSパターン推定実施部104-2は、基地局動作部101に各端末300-P1に対して無線信号の送信を再開させる。更に、NLMを終了する場合、ABSパターン推定実施部104-2は、基地局動作部101を介してスケジューラ106の動作を再開させる。
Furthermore, the ABS pattern estimation execution unit 104-2 has a function of terminating the NLM of the small cell base station 100-1 that has moved to the NLM. When ending the NLM, the ABS pattern estimation execution unit 104-2 stops the operation of the base station operation unit 101 that receives radio signals from the neighboring base stations. When the NLM is terminated, the ABS pattern estimation execution unit 104-2 causes the base station operation unit 101 to resume transmission of radio signals to each terminal 300-P1. Further, when the NLM is terminated, the ABS pattern estimation execution unit 104-2 restarts the operation of the scheduler 106 via the base station operation unit 101.
送信バッファ105は、通信回線ネットワーク900を介して到着する各端末300-P1宛の送信データと送信データを送信するために用いられる情報を共に蓄積する機能を有する。
The transmission buffer 105 has a function of accumulating both transmission data addressed to each terminal 300-P1 arriving via the communication line network 900 and information used for transmitting the transmission data.
スケジューラ106は、蓄積されている各端末300-P1宛の送信データサイズと、各端末300-P1から報告されたCSIに基づき、端末300-P1毎に割り当てる送信電力、周波数帯域及びMCS Indexを決定する。そして、スケジューラ106は、決定内容に応じて基地局動作部101を介して各端末300-P1へデータを送信する機能を有する。
The scheduler 106 determines the transmission power, frequency band, and MCS index assigned to each terminal 300-P1, based on the accumulated transmission data addressed to each terminal 300-P1 and the CSI reported from each terminal 300-P1. To do. The scheduler 106 has a function of transmitting data to each terminal 300-P1 via the base station operation unit 101 according to the determination content.
本実施形態では、各端末300-P1からABSとNon-ABSとで個別にCSIが報告されている場合、スケジューラ106は、ABSとNon-ABSを区別して無線リソース割当てを行う。つまり、この場合にはABSでの無線リソース割り当てでABSのCSIを用い、Non-ABSでの無線リソース割り当てでNon-ABSのCSIを用いる。一方、ABSとNon-ABSとで区別されないCSIが報告されている場合、スケジューラ106は、ABS並びにNon-ABSでの無線リソース割り当てでABSとNon-ABSで区別されていないCSIを用いる。
In the present embodiment, when CSI is individually reported by the ABS and the Non-ABS from each terminal 300-P1, the scheduler 106 performs radio resource allocation by distinguishing between the ABS and the Non-ABS. That is, in this case, the ABS CSI is used for radio resource allocation in the ABS, and the Non-ABS CSI is used for radio resource allocation in the Non-ABS. On the other hand, when CSI that is not distinguished between ABS and Non-ABS is reported, the scheduler 106 uses CSI that is not distinguished between ABS and Non-ABS in radio resource allocation in ABS and Non-ABS.
続いて図3を参照して各端末300が有する機能について説明する。図2は、図1に表される無線通信システム10における端末300-P1-1の機能を表すブロック図である。なお、今回は端末300-P1-1を各端末300の代表として説明を行うが、他の各端末300(例えば、端末300-P1-2、端末300-P2-1、端末300-P2-2、端末300-M1-1及び端末300-M1-2)の機能も、端末300-P1-1の機能と同じである。
Next, functions of each terminal 300 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 2 is a block diagram showing functions of the terminal 300-P1-1 in the wireless communication system 10 shown in FIG. In this example, the terminal 300-P1-1 is described as a representative of each terminal 300. However, the other terminals 300 (for example, the terminal 300-P1-2, the terminal 300-P2-1, the terminal 300-P2-2) are described. The functions of the terminal 300-M1-1 and the terminal 300-M1-2) are the same as those of the terminal 300-P1-1.
端末300-P1-1は、端末動作部301及び通信路品質測定部302を含む。
The terminal 300-P1-1 includes a terminal operation unit 301 and a channel quality measurement unit 302.
端末動作部301は、端末300-P1-1を無線通信端末として機能させるための一般的な機能を実現する部分である。ここで一般的な機能とは、例えばアイドル状態から通信リンクを確立する際に接続を要求するセルを決定する機能や、端末300-P1-1と接続中の(通信リンクが確立されている)スモールセル基地局100-1との間で無線信号を送受信する機能等である。端末動作部301が有する機能は、一般的な無線通信システムにおいて周知の機能であり、その機能に関する構成及び動作については、当業者にとって広く知られているため説明を省略する。
The terminal operation unit 301 is a part that realizes a general function for causing the terminal 300-P1-1 to function as a wireless communication terminal. Here, the general function is, for example, a function of determining a cell that requests connection when establishing a communication link from an idle state, or a connection with the terminal 300-P1-1 (a communication link has been established). This is a function of transmitting / receiving a radio signal to / from the small cell base station 100-1. The function of the terminal operation unit 301 is a well-known function in a general wireless communication system, and the configuration and operation related to the function are well known to those skilled in the art, and thus the description thereof is omitted.
通信路品質測定部302は、スモールセル基地局100-1から通知されたCQI-ReportingConfigに従って、リファレンス信号に対する通信路品質を測定する機能及び測定した通信路品質の情報をスモールセル基地局100-1に送信する機能を有する。本実施形態では、通信路品質はスモールセル基地局100-1のリファレンス信号に対するSINRから計算されるCQI(Channel Quality Indicator)である。
The channel quality measuring unit 302 has a function for measuring channel quality with respect to a reference signal and information on the measured channel quality in accordance with the CQI-ReportingConfig notified from the small cell base station 100-1. It has the function to transmit to. In the present embodiment, the channel quality is CQI (Channel Quality Indicator) calculated from SINR with respect to the reference signal of the small cell base station 100-1.
次に、上述した各スモールセル基地局100が各マクロセル基地局200のABSパターンを推定し、推定結果に基づいてCQI-ReportingCofigを各スモールセル端末300-Pに通知する動作手順について、図4~6のフローチャートを用いて説明する。なお、以下の説明においてはスモールセル基地局100-1の動作手順を例に取って説明するが、他の各スモールセル基地局100もスモールセル基地局100-1と同様の動作をする。
Next, the operation procedure in which each small cell base station 100 described above estimates the ABS pattern of each macro cell base station 200 and notifies the small cell terminal 300-P of CQI-ReportingConfig based on the estimation result will be described with reference to FIGS. This will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. In the following description, the operation procedure of the small cell base station 100-1 will be described as an example, but the other small cell base stations 100 operate in the same manner as the small cell base station 100-1.
図4は、スモールセル基地局100-1のNLM移行部103が、スモールセル基地局100-1をNLMへ移行させるか否かを判定する動作手順を示すものである。NLM移行部103は、スモールセル基地局100-1がNLM以外の状態にある場合、毎Subframeにおいて、図4に記載の動作を実行する。
FIG. 4 shows an operation procedure in which the NLM transition unit 103 of the small cell base station 100-1 determines whether or not to move the small cell base station 100-1 to the NLM. When the small cell base station 100-1 is in a state other than the NLM, the NLM transition unit 103 performs the operation illustrated in FIG. 4 in each subframe.
先ず、NLM移行部103は、下記の数式1を用いて、現在時刻(T[Subframe])が予め設定されたNLMへの移行開始時刻(T_start[Subframe])か否かを判定する(ステップS11)。
First, the NLM transition unit 103 determines whether or not the current time (T [Subframe]) is a preset transition start time (T_start [Subframe]) to the NLM using Equation 1 below (step S11). ).
そして、数式1を満たす場合(ステップS11においてYes)、NLM移行部103は、スモールセル基地局100-1をNLMへ移行させる(ステップS12)。その後、NLM移行部103は、図4の処理を終了する。
If the numerical formula 1 is satisfied (Yes in Step S11), the NLM transition unit 103 moves the small cell base station 100-1 to the NLM (Step S12). Thereafter, the NLM transition unit 103 ends the process of FIG.
一方、数式1を満たさない場合(ステップS11においてNO)、NLM移行部103は、更なる処理を行うことなく図4の処理を終了とする。
On the other hand, when Expression 1 is not satisfied (NO in step S11), the NLM transition unit 103 ends the process of FIG. 4 without performing further processes.
図5は、スモールセル基地局100-1のABSパターン推定部104が、マクロセル基地局200-1のRSRQを測定し、そのRSRQを集計して平均的な品質指標を計算し、その品質指標を用いてマクロセル基地局200-1のABSパターンを推定する、という一連の動作手順を表すフローチャートである。ABSパターン推定部104は、スモールセル基地局100-1がNLMの場合に、毎Subframeにおいて、図5に記載の動作を実行する。
FIG. 5 shows that the ABS pattern estimation unit 104 of the small cell base station 100-1 measures the RSRQ of the macro cell base station 200-1, calculates the average quality index by summing the RSRQ, and calculates the quality index. 10 is a flowchart showing a series of operation procedures for estimating an ABS pattern of the macrocell base station 200-1 by using it. The ABS pattern estimation unit 104 performs the operation illustrated in FIG. 5 in each subframe when the small cell base station 100-1 is an NLM.
なお、上述したようにABSパターン推定部104は、DL品質指標計算部104-1及びABSパターン推定実施部104-2の2つの機能ブロックを含む。そして、図5における、ステップS21~ステップS24の動作は、DL品質指標計算部104-1が行い、ステップS25~ステップS30の動作は、ABSパターン推定実施部104-2が行う。但し、以下では、処理ステップ毎にDL品質指標計算部104-1とABSパターン推定実施部104-2とを区別せず、単にABSパターン推定部104の動作として説明する。
Note that, as described above, the ABS pattern estimation unit 104 includes two functional blocks, a DL quality index calculation unit 104-1 and an ABS pattern estimation execution unit 104-2. In FIG. 5, the operations of steps S21 to S24 are performed by the DL quality index calculation unit 104-1, and the operations of steps S25 to S30 are performed by the ABS pattern estimation execution unit 104-2. However, in the following description, the DL quality index calculation unit 104-1 and the ABS pattern estimation execution unit 104-2 are not distinguished for each processing step, and only the operation of the ABS pattern estimation unit 104 will be described.
先ず、ABSパターン推定部104は、現在時刻Tにおけるマクロセル基地局200-1のRSRQ(RSRQ(T))を測定する(ステップS21)。測定されるRSRQ_Tの単位は真値である。ここで、RSRQ(基準信号受信品質)は、LTEの信号品質の指標で、RSRPとキャリアの受信信号強度インジケータ(RSSI)の比と定義されている。
First, the ABS pattern estimation unit 104 measures the RSRQ (RSRQ (T)) of the macro cell base station 200-1 at the current time T (step S21). The unit of RSRQ_T to be measured is a true value. Here, RSRQ (reference signal reception quality) is an index of LTE signal quality, and is defined as the ratio of RSRP and the received signal strength indicator (RSSI) of the carrier.
次に、ABSパターン推定部104は、下記の数式2を用いて、今回のステップS21において測定したマクロセル基地局200-1のRSRQが、ABSの設定周期(Tp_abs[Subframe])において何番目のSubframeでの値かを計算する(ステップS22)。ここで、iはABSの設定周期におけるSubframe番号であり、0からTp_abs-1までの値をとる。また、MOD(x,y)は、xをyで割った余りを返す関数である。
Next, the ABS pattern estimation unit 104 uses the following Equation 2 to determine what subframe the RSRQ of the macro cell base station 200-1 measured in step S21 is the ABS setting period (Tp_abs [Subframe]). Is calculated (step S22). Here, i is a subframe number in the ABS setting cycle, and takes a value from 0 to Tp_abs-1. MOD (x, y) is a function that returns a remainder obtained by dividing x by y.
次いで、ABSパターン推定部104は、下記の数式3を用いて、ABSの設定周期におけるi番目のSubframeのRSRQの集計値(SUM_RSRQ(i))を更新する(ステップS23)。数式3において、SumRSRQ(i)はRSRQの総和となり、真値で集計する。初期値は0とする。
Next, the ABS pattern estimation unit 104 updates the RSRQ aggregate value (SUM_RSRQ (i)) of the i-th subframe in the ABS setting cycle using Equation 3 below (step S23). In Equation 3, SumRSRQ (i) is the sum of RSRQ and is totaled with a true value. The initial value is 0.
続いて、ABSパターン推定部104は、下記の数式4を用いて、ABSの設定周期におけるi番目のSubframeのRSRQの集計回数(Num_measure(i))を更新する(ステップS24)。数式4において、Num_measure(i)の初期値は0である。
Subsequently, the ABS pattern estimation unit 104 updates the RSRQ count number (Num_measure (i)) of the i-th subframe in the ABS setting cycle by using Equation 4 below (step S24). In Equation 4, the initial value of Num_measure (i) is 0.
次に、ABSパターン推定部104は、下記の数式5を用いて、現在時刻TがNLMの終了時刻となっているか否かを判定する(ステップS25)。数式5において、Tp_nlm[subframe]は、スモールセル基地局100-1のNLM継続時間であり、本実施形態ではABSの設定周期の倍数である200Subframeに設定する。
Next, the ABS pattern estimation unit 104 determines whether or not the current time T is the end time of the NLM, using Equation 5 below (step S25). In Equation 5, Tp_nlm [subframe] is the NLM duration of the small cell base station 100-1, and is set to 200 Subframe which is a multiple of the ABS setting period in this embodiment.
数式5を満たさない場合(ステップS25においてNo)、すなわち、現在時刻Tが未だNLMの終了時刻となっていない場合にはABSパターン推定部104は、図5の処理を終了する。そして、ABSパターン推定部104は、次のSubframeにおいて再度ステップS21から処理を実行する。
If Equation 5 is not satisfied (No in step S25), that is, if the current time T is not yet the end time of the NLM, the ABS pattern estimation unit 104 ends the process of FIG. And the ABS pattern estimation part 104 performs a process from step S21 again in the next subframe.
一方、数式5を満たす場合(ステップS25においてYes)、すなわち、現在時刻TがNLMの終了時刻となっていた場合にはステップS26に進む。そして、ステップS26においてABSパターン推定部104は、下記の数式6を用いて、ABSの設定周期におけるマクロセル基地局200-1のRSRQの平均値(RSRQ_ave[dB])を計算する(ステップS26)。数式6において、DB[x]は、真値xをdBに変換した値を返す関数である。
On the other hand, if Expression 5 is satisfied (Yes in step S25), that is, if the current time T is the NLM end time, the process proceeds to step S26. Then, in step S26, the ABS pattern estimation unit 104 calculates the average value (RSRQ_ave [dB]) of the RSRQ of the macrocell base station 200-1 in the ABS setting cycle using the following Equation 6 (step S26). In Equation 6, DB [x] is a function that returns a value obtained by converting the true value x into dB.
次に、ABSパターン推定部104は、下記の数式7を用いて、ABSの設定周期における各Subframeそれぞれでのマクロセル基地局200-1のRSRQの平均値(RSRQ_ind(i)[dB])を計算する(ステップS27)。
Next, the ABS pattern estimation unit 104 calculates the average value (RSRQ_ind (i) [dB]) of the RSRQ of the macro cell base station 200-1 in each subframe in the ABS setting cycle using the following Equation 7. (Step S27).
次いで、ABSパターン推定部104は、下記の数式8を用いて、マクロセル基地局200-1のABSパターンを推定する(ステップS28)。具体的には、数式8を満たす場合はi番目のsubframeであるsubframe iをマクロセル基地局200-1のABSと推定する。一方、数式8を満たさない場合はsubframe iをマクロセル基地局200-1のNon-ABSと推定する。
Next, the ABS pattern estimation unit 104 estimates the ABS pattern of the macrocell base station 200-1 using Equation 8 below (step S28). Specifically, when Expression 8 is satisfied, subframe i that is the i-th subframe is estimated as the ABS of the macrocell base station 200-1. On the other hand, when Expression 8 is not satisfied, subframe i is estimated as the Non-ABS of the macrocell base station 200-1.
本推定処理を、ABS設定周期内に含まれる全てのsubframe(すなわち、i=0~Tp_abs-1)を対象に実施する。
This estimation process is performed for all subframes (that is, i = 0 to Tp_abs-1) included in the ABS setting cycle.
ここで、本処理にてマクロセル基地局200-1のABSパターンを推定している根拠について説明する。Non-ABSでは、マクロセル基地局200-1による送信が通常通りに行われているため、スモールセル基地局100-1が管理するスモールセルでは、マクロセル基地局200-1からの干渉を受ける。しかし、ABSではマクロセル基地局200-1からの干渉が低減される。そして、ABSの設定周期におけるマクロセル基地局200-1のRSRQの平均値は、Non-ABSとABSの双方が繰り返された場合の干渉の平均である。そのため、ABSにおけるマクロセル基地局200-1のRSRQは、ABSの設定周期におけるマクロセル基地局200-1のRSRQの平均値よりも高くなると予想される。そのため、判断対象のsubframeにおけるRSRQの平均値(本願発明の「算出品質指標」に相当)が、ABSの設定周期におけるマクロセル基地局200-1のRSRQの平均値よりも高いか否かを判定し、高かった場合にはこの判断対象のsubframeはABSであると推定できる。なお、測定時の環境等の状況により測定値にはブレが生じ得るため、数式8では単純に平均値を比較して差分があるか否かを判定するのではなく、平均値の差分が予め設定されたABS判定閾値以上であるか否かを判定基準としている。なお、数式8におけるΔThr_RSRQは、予め設定されたABS判定閾値を表す。なお、ABS判定閾値は任意に設定及び変更が可能なようにすることができる。
Here, the reason why the ABS pattern of the macro cell base station 200-1 is estimated in this process will be described. In the Non-ABS, transmission by the macro cell base station 200-1 is performed as usual, so that the small cell managed by the small cell base station 100-1 receives interference from the macro cell base station 200-1. However, in the ABS, interference from the macro cell base station 200-1 is reduced. The average value of RSRQ of macro cell base station 200-1 in the ABS setting cycle is the average of interference when both Non-ABS and ABS are repeated. Therefore, the RSRQ of the macro cell base station 200-1 in the ABS is expected to be higher than the average value of the RSRQ of the macro cell base station 200-1 in the ABS setting cycle. For this reason, it is determined whether or not the average RSRQ value in the subframe to be determined (corresponding to the “calculated quality index” of the present invention) is higher than the average RSRQ value of the macrocell base station 200-1 in the ABS setting cycle. If it is high, it can be estimated that the subframe to be determined is ABS. In addition, since the measurement value may be blurred depending on the circumstances such as the environment at the time of measurement, in Equation 8, the difference between the average values is not determined in advance by simply comparing the average values and determining whether or not there is a difference. Whether or not it is greater than or equal to the set ABS determination threshold is used as a determination criterion. Note that ΔThr_RSRQ in Equation 8 represents a preset ABS determination threshold. The ABS determination threshold can be arbitrarily set and changed.
次に、ABSパターン推定部104は、下記の数式9を用いて、スモールセル基地局100-1のNLMへの移行開始時刻T_startを更新する(ステップS29)。数式9において、T_next_nlmは、スモールセル基地局100-1のNLMへの移行周期である。今回の説明においてはNLMへの移行周期の一つの設定例として、移行周期T_next_nlmをABSの設定周期の倍数である600000Subframeとする。
Next, the ABS pattern estimation unit 104 updates the transition start time T_start of the small cell base station 100-1 to the NLM using the following formula (9) (step S29). In Equation 9, T_next_nlm is a transition period of the small cell base station 100-1 to the NLM. In this description, as one example of setting the transition period to NLM, the transition period T_next_nlm is set to 600000 Subframe that is a multiple of the ABS setting period.
続いて、ABSパターン推定部104は、スモールセル基地局100-1のNLMを終了させる(ステップS30)。その後、ABSパターン推定部104は、図5の処理を終了する。なお、その後現在時刻がステップS29において更新した移行開始時刻T_startとなった際に、ステップS12においてYesとなり、再度図5の処理が実行されることとなる。
Subsequently, the ABS pattern estimation unit 104 ends the NLM of the small cell base station 100-1 (step S30). Thereafter, the ABS pattern estimation unit 104 ends the process of FIG. When the current time thereafter becomes the transition start time T_start updated in step S29, the result in step S12 is Yes, and the process in FIG. 5 is executed again.
図6は、基地局動作部101が、ABSパターン推定部104で推定したマクロセル基地局200-1のABSパターンに基づき、各スモールセル端末300-P1にCQI-ReportingConfigを通知する際の動作手順を示すものである。ABSパターン推定部104がマクロセル基地局200-1のABSパターンを推定していないような場合には、基地局動作部101は、通信路品質を周期的に報告させるCQI-ReportingConfigを各スモールセル端末300-P1に通知する。
FIG. 6 shows an operation procedure when the base station operation unit 101 notifies each small cell terminal 300-P1 of CQI-ReportingConfig based on the ABS pattern of the macro cell base station 200-1 estimated by the ABS pattern estimation unit 104. It is shown. When the ABS pattern estimation unit 104 does not estimate the ABS pattern of the macrocell base station 200-1, the base station operation unit 101 sends a CQI-ReportingConfig that periodically reports the channel quality to each small cell terminal. Notify 300-P1.
まず、基地局動作部101は、ABSパターン推定部104が推定したマクロセル基地局200-1のABSパターンにABSが含まれているか否かを判定する(ステップS41)。
First, the base station operation unit 101 determines whether or not ABS is included in the ABS pattern of the macro cell base station 200-1 estimated by the ABS pattern estimation unit 104 (step S41).
ABSが含まれている場合(ステップS41においてYes)、基地局動作部101は、ABSパターン推定部104が推定したマクロセル基地局200-1のABSとNon-ABSに基づいて、ABSとNon-ABSとで個別にCSIを報告させるCQI-ReportingConfigを各スモールセル端末300-P1に通知する(ステップS42)。
When the ABS is included (Yes in step S41), the base station operation unit 101 determines that the ABS and Non-ABS are based on the ABS and Non-ABS of the macrocell base station 200-1 estimated by the ABS pattern estimation unit 104. The CQI-Reporting Config for reporting CSI individually is notified to each small cell terminal 300-P1 (step S42).
一方、ABSが含まれていない場合(ステップS41においてNo)、基地局動作部101は、ABSとNon-ABSを区別せず単にCSIを周期的に報告させるCQI-ReportingConfigを各スモールセル端末300-P1に通知する(ステップS43)。
On the other hand, when the ABS is not included (No in step S41), the base station operation unit 101 does not distinguish between the ABS and the Non-ABS, and simply sends a CQI-ReportingConfig to each small cell terminal 300- P1 is notified (step S43).
以上、説明したように、本発明の第1の実施形態であるスモールセル基地局100-1によれば、マクロセル基地局200-1がABSを設定した場合であって、且つ、マクロセル基地局200-1からABS Statusの通知が無い場合、においてもスモール基地局100-1は自局でABSパターンを推定できる。
As described above, according to the small cell base station 100-1 according to the first embodiment of the present invention, the macro cell base station 200-1 sets an ABS, and the macro cell base station 200 Even when no ABS status notification is received from -1, the small base station 100-1 can estimate the ABS pattern by itself.
そして、その推定結果に基づいて、スモールセル端末300-P1にCQIの報告を指示できる。そのため、ABSとNon-ABSとで個別にCSIを報告させることが可能となり、ABSとNon-ABSとでそれぞれ異なる適切なMCSを決定することができる。そして、この適切なMCSに基づいてデータ送信ができるため、スモールセル端末300-P1のスループットを改善できる、という効果を生じる。
Then, based on the estimation result, it is possible to instruct the small cell terminal 300-P1 to report CQI. Therefore, CSI can be reported separately for the ABS and the Non-ABS, and different appropriate MCSs can be determined for the ABS and the Non-ABS. Since data can be transmitted based on this appropriate MCS, there is an effect that the throughput of the small cell terminal 300-P1 can be improved.
以上、上記実施形態を参照して本発明を説明したが、本発明は、上述した実施形態に限定されるものではない。本発明の構成及び詳細に、本発明の範囲内において当業者が理解し得る様々な変更をすることができる。
As mentioned above, although this invention was demonstrated with reference to the said embodiment, this invention is not limited to embodiment mentioned above. Various changes that can be understood by those skilled in the art can be made to the configuration and details of the present invention within the scope of the present invention.
例えば上述の説明においては、制御に用いる通信路品質として、マクロセル基地局200-1のRSRQを用いていたが、通信路品質としてRSRQ以外の尺度を用いることも可能である。例えば、通信路品質としてRSSIを用いることもできる。この場合、スモールセル基地局100-1のABSパターン推定部104は、ステップS28において数式8を用いた推定を行うのではなく、下記の数式10を満たすSubframe iをABSと推定する。
For example, in the above description, the RSRQ of the macrocell base station 200-1 is used as the channel quality used for control, but a measure other than RSRQ may be used as the channel quality. For example, RSSI can be used as the channel quality. In this case, the ABS pattern estimation unit 104 of the small cell base station 100-1 does not perform estimation using Equation 8 in step S28, but estimates Subframe i satisfying Equation 10 below as ABS.
推定する根拠は数式8を用いた推定と同様である。すなわち、ABSではマクロセル基地局200-1からの干渉が低減されるため、ABSにおけるRSSIはABSの設定周期におけるRSSIの平均値よりも低くなると予想される。そのため、下記の数式10では、判断対象のsubframeにおけるRSSIの平均値が、ABSの設定周期におけるマクロセル基地局200-1のRSSIの平均値よりも低いか否かを判定し、低かった場合にはこの判断対象のsubframeはABSであると推定できる。ABS判定閾値を使用する理由も数式8を用いた推定と同様の理由である。
The basis for the estimation is the same as the estimation using Equation 8. That is, since the interference from the macro cell base station 200-1 is reduced in the ABS, the RSSI in the ABS is expected to be lower than the average value of the RSSI in the ABS setting period. Therefore, the following Equation 10 determines whether or not the average RSSI value in the subframe to be determined is lower than the average RSSI value of the macrocell base station 200-1 in the ABS setting cycle. It can be estimated that the subframe to be determined is ABS. The reason for using the ABS determination threshold is the same reason as the estimation using Equation 8.
下記の数式10において、RSSI_ave(i)[dB]はABSの設定周期におけるi番目のSubframeのRSSIであり、RSSI_aveはABSの設定周期におけるRSSIの平均値であり、ΔThr_RSRQはABS判定閾値である。
In Equation 10 below, RSSI_ave (i) [dB] is the RSSI of the i-th subframe in the ABS setting cycle, RSSI_ave is the average value of RSSI in the ABS setting cycle, and ΔThr_RSRQ is the ABS determination threshold.
また、他の変更例も考えられる。例えば、上記の本実施形態では、スモールセル基地局100-1は、NLMに移行してから所定時間が経過したらNLMを終了し、その後ABSパターンを推定していた。しかし、NLMに移行してから周期的にABSパターンを推定し、今回推定したABSパターンと以前(例えば、前回)推定したABSパターンとが一致するのかを確認するようにしても良い。そして、推定結果が例えば連続して所定回数以上一致したらNLMを終了するようにするのも良い。これにより、ABSパターンの推定精度を向上することができる。
Other examples of changes are also possible. For example, in the present embodiment described above, the small cell base station 100-1 ends the NLM when a predetermined time has elapsed after shifting to the NLM, and then estimates the ABS pattern. However, after shifting to NLM, the ABS pattern may be periodically estimated to check whether the currently estimated ABS pattern matches the previously estimated (for example, the previous) ABS pattern. Then, the NLM may be terminated when the estimation results continuously match a predetermined number of times or more, for example. Thereby, the estimation accuracy of the ABS pattern can be improved.
更に、他の変更例も考えられる。上述の説明では数式8を用いて、判断対象のsubframeにおけるRSRQの平均値が、ABSの設定周期におけるマクロセル基地局200-1のRSRQの平均値よりも高いか否かを判定し、高かった場合にはこの判断対象のsubframeはABSであると推定していた。これを変形し、判断対象のsubframeにおけるRSRQの平均値が、ABSの設定周期におけるマクロセル基地局200-1のRSRQの平均値よりも低い場合にこの判断対象のsubframeはNon-ABSであると推定するようにしても良い。また、判断対象のsubframeにおけるRSSIの平均値が、ABSの設定周期におけるマクロセル基地局200-1のRSSIの平均値よりも高い場合にはこの判断対象のsubframeはNon-ABSであると推定するようにしても良い。
Furthermore, other examples of changes are possible. In the above description, it is determined whether or not the average value of RSRQ in the subframe to be determined is higher than the average value of RSRQ of the macrocell base station 200-1 in the ABS setting cycle using Expression 8. Estimated that the subframe to be judged is ABS. By modifying this, when the average value of RSRQ in the subframe to be determined is lower than the average value of RSRQ of the macro cell base station 200-1 in the ABS setting period, it is estimated that the subframe of this determination target is Non-ABS You may make it do. In addition, when the average RSSI value in the subframe to be determined is higher than the average RSSI value of the macro cell base station 200-1 in the ABS setting cycle, it is estimated that the subframe in the determination target is Non-ABS. Anyway.
なお、上述の数式8による推定を数式10による推定に置き換えるという変更や、ABSパターンが一致するのかを確認するという変更や、Non-ABSであるかを推定するようにする変更は、本実施形態だけではなく、以下に説明する各実施形態に対しても同様に行うことができる。
Note that a change in which the above-described estimation according to Equation 8 is replaced with an estimation according to Equation 10, a change in which the ABS pattern is matched, and a change in which the non-ABS is estimated are described in the present embodiment. In addition, the present invention can be similarly applied to each embodiment described below.
次に、上述の第1の実施形態を変形した第2の実施の形態について図面を参照して詳細に説明する。第1の実施の形態では、スモールセル基地局を周期的にNLMへ移行させていたのに対し、本実施形態ではNLMの開始条件を設定し、この開始条件を満たすことをイベントトリガに変更した点が異なる。開始条件としては任意の条件を採用することが可能であるが、本実施形態では、スモールセル基地局におけるBLERの実測値とBLERの目標値との乖離が大きくなったことをイベントトリガとして、スモールセル基地局をNLMへ移行を行う点が第1の実施形態とは異なる。
Next, a second embodiment obtained by modifying the above-described first embodiment will be described in detail with reference to the drawings. In the first embodiment, the small cell base station is periodically shifted to the NLM. In this embodiment, the start condition of the NLM is set, and the event condition trigger is changed to satisfy the start condition. The point is different. Although any condition can be adopted as the start condition, in this embodiment, a small divergence between the measured BLER value and the BLER target value in the small cell base station is used as an event trigger. The point which transfers a cell base station to NLM is different from 1st Embodiment.
続いて図7を参照して第2の実施の形態における各スモールセル基地局400が有する機能について説明する。図7は、スモールセル基地局400-1の機能を表すブロック図である。なお、他の各スモールセル基地局400(例えば、スモールセル基地局400-2)の機能はスモールセル基地局400-1の機能と同じである。
Next, functions of each small cell base station 400 in the second embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 7 is a block diagram showing functions of the small cell base station 400-1. The functions of the other small cell base stations 400 (for example, the small cell base station 400-2) are the same as the functions of the small cell base station 400-1.
第2の実施の形態におけるスモールセル基地局400-1は、第1の実施の形態におけるスモールセル基地局100-1と比較して、NLM移行部103に代えてNLM移行部403を含む点が異なる。そのため、以下の説明においてはこの相違点であるNLM移行部403に関してもっぱら説明し、他の共通する機能ブロックについての説明は省略する。
The small cell base station 400-1 in the second embodiment is different from the small cell base station 100-1 in the first embodiment in that it includes an NLM transition unit 403 instead of the NLM transition unit 103. Different. Therefore, in the following description, only the NLM transition unit 403 that is the difference will be described, and description of other common functional blocks will be omitted.
NLM移行部403は、スモールセル基地局400-1の平均BLERに基づいて、スモールセル基地局400-1がNLMへ移行するべきか否かを判定する。本実施形態では、NLM移行部403が、各端末300-Pから報告されたTB(TransportBlock)のHARQ(Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request)応答信号を所定周期毎に集計することによって平均BLERを算出する。ここで、HARQ応答信号には、送信されたTBの復調に成功した場合に報告されるACK(Acknowledgement)と、復調に失敗した場合に報告されるNACK(Negative Acknowledgement)の2種類がある。
The NLM transition unit 403 determines whether or not the small cell base station 400-1 should transition to NLM based on the average BLER of the small cell base station 400-1. In the present embodiment, the NLM transition unit 403 calculates the average BLER by counting the HARQ (Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request) response signals of TB (TransportBlock) reported from each terminal 300-P every predetermined period. Here, there are two types of HARQ response signals: ACK (Acknowledgement) reported when demodulation of transmitted TB is successful and NACK (Negative Acknowledgement) reported when demodulation fails.
ただし、本実施形態では、スモールセル基地局400-1の平均BLERを用いてNLMへの移行をするべきか否か判定するため、第1の実施形態のステップS29で実施していたNLMへの移行開始時刻の設定は行わない。また、NLM移行部103が存在していないため、当然のことながら図4に記載のステップS11における判定処理も行われない。
However, in the present embodiment, in order to determine whether or not to shift to the NLM using the average BLER of the small cell base station 400-1, it is possible to return to the NLM performed in step S29 of the first embodiment. The transition start time is not set. Further, since the NLM transition unit 103 does not exist, the determination process in step S11 illustrated in FIG. 4 is not performed.
続いて、図8を参照してスモールセル基地局400-1の動作手順について説明する。図8は、スモールセル基地局400-1のNLM移行部403が、スモールセル基地局400-1をNLMへ移行させるか否かを判定する動作手順を表すものである。なお、他の各スモールセル基地局400(例えば、スモールセル基地局400-2)の動作手順もスモールセル基地局400-1の動作手順と同じである。NLM移行部403は、スモールセル基地局400-1がNLM以外の状態にある場合、毎Subframeにおいて、図8に記載の動作を実行する。
Subsequently, the operation procedure of the small cell base station 400-1 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 8 shows an operation procedure in which the NLM transition unit 403 of the small cell base station 400-1 determines whether or not to migrate the small cell base station 400-1 to the NLM. The operation procedure of each other small cell base station 400 (for example, the small cell base station 400-2) is the same as the operation procedure of the small cell base station 400-1. When the small cell base station 400-1 is in a state other than the NLM, the NLM transition unit 403 performs the operation illustrated in FIG. 8 in each subframe.
先ず、NLM移行部403は、下記の数式11を用いて、スモールセル基地局400-1へ通知された、初回送信のTBのHARQ応答信号の数(SumNum_1stTx)を集計する(ステップS51)。数式11において、Num_1stTx(T)は、時刻T-1[subframe]から時刻T[subframe]の間にスモールセル基地局400-1へ報告された初回送信のTBのHARQ応答信号の数である。また、SumNum_1stTxの初期値は0である。
First, the NLM transition unit 403 uses the following formula 11 to count the number of first-time TB HARQ response signals (SumNum — 1stTx) notified to the small cell base station 400-1 (Step S51). In Equation 11, Num_1stTx (T) is the number of HARQ response signals of the first transmission TB reported to the small cell base station 400-1 between time T-1 [subframe] and time T [subframe]. The initial value of SumNum_1stTx is 0.
続いて、NLM移行部403は、下記の数式12を用いて、スモールセル基地局400-1へ通知された、初回送信のTBのHARQ応答信号におけるNACKの数(SumNum_1stTx_NACK)を集計する(ステップS52)。数式12において、Num_1stTx_NACK(T)は、Num_1stTx(T)の中のNACKの数である。また、SumNum_1stTx_NACKの初期値は0である。
Subsequently, the NLM transition unit 403 adds up the number of NACKs (SumNum_1stTx_NACK) in the HARQ response signal of the first transmission TB notified to the small cell base station 400-1 using Equation 12 below (Step S52). ). In Equation 12, Num_1stTx_NACK (T) is the number of NACKs in Num_1stTx (T). Also, the initial value of SumNum_1stTx_NACK is 0.
次に、NLM移行部403は、下記の数式13を用いて、現在時刻Tがスモールセル基地局400-1のBLERを計算する時刻となったか否かを判定する(ステップS53)。数式13において、Tp_blerはBLERの計算周期である。計算周期は任意に設定可能であるが、今回の説明ではABSの設定周期の倍数である200Subframeと設定したと想定する。
Next, the NLM transition unit 403 determines whether or not the current time T has reached the time for calculating the BLER of the small cell base station 400-1 using the following Equation 13 (step S53). In Equation 13, Tp_bler is a BLER calculation period. Although the calculation cycle can be set arbitrarily, in this explanation, it is assumed that 200 Subframe, which is a multiple of the ABS setting cycle, is set.
ここで、数式13を満たす場合(ステップS53においてYes)、NLM移行部403は、下記の数式14を用いて、スモールセル基地局400-1のBLER(BLER_ave)を計算する(ステップS54)。
Here, when Expression 13 is satisfied (Yes in Step S53), the NLM transition unit 403 calculates BLER (BLER_ave) of the small cell base station 400-1 using Expression 14 below (Step S54).
続いて、NLM移行部403は、下記の数式15を用いて、スモールセル基地局400-1をNLMへ移行させるか否かを判定する(ステップS55)。数式15において、ΔThr_BLERは移行判定閾値であり、BLERの目標値よりも所定値だけ大きい値が設定される。
Subsequently, the NLM transition unit 403 determines whether or not to migrate the small cell base station 400-1 to the NLM using Equation 15 below (step S55). In Formula 15, ΔThr_BLER is a transition determination threshold value, and is set to a value larger than the target value of BLER by a predetermined value.
数式15を満たす場合(ステップS55においてYes)、NLM移行部403は、スモールセル基地局400-1をNLMへ移行させる(ステップS12)。ここで、スモールセル基地局400-1のBLER(BLER_ave)が移行判定閾値を超えた場合にNLBに移行する理由について説明する。マクロセル基地局200-1がABSパターンを更新することなく同じABSパターンが使用されているのであればスモールセル基地局400-1が保持するマクロセル基地局200-1のABSパターンの推定結果の精度は変わらない。しかし、仮にマクロセル基地局200-1がABSパターンを更新した場合、スモールセル基地局400-1が保持するマクロセル基地局200-1のABSパターンの推定結果の精度が低下し、スモールセル基地局400-1のBLERが目標値よりも上昇すると予測される。そのため、測定したBLERが、目標値よりも所定値だけ大きい移行判定閾値を超えた場合には、ABSパターンを更新されたと考え、変更後の新たなABSパターンを推測するためにマクロセル基地局200-1をNLBに移行する。
If Expression 15 is satisfied (Yes in step S55), the NLM transition unit 403 transitions the small cell base station 400-1 to the NLM (step S12). Here, the reason for shifting to the NLB when the BLER (BLER_ave) of the small cell base station 400-1 exceeds the shift determination threshold will be described. If the same ABS pattern is used without the macro cell base station 200-1 updating the ABS pattern, the accuracy of the ABS pattern estimation result of the macro cell base station 200-1 held by the small cell base station 400-1 is does not change. However, if the macro cell base station 200-1 updates the ABS pattern, the accuracy of the estimation result of the ABS pattern of the macro cell base station 200-1 held by the small cell base station 400-1 decreases, and the small cell base station 400-1 -1 BLER is expected to rise above the target value. Therefore, when the measured BLER exceeds a transition determination threshold value that is larger than the target value by a predetermined value, it is considered that the ABS pattern has been updated, and the macro cell base station 200-is used to infer a new ABS pattern after the change. 1 is transferred to NLB.
次に、NLM移行部403は、下記の数式16を用いて、NLMへの移行開始時刻を更新する(ステップS56)
Next, the NLM transition unit 403 updates the transition start time to the NLM using the following formula 16 (step S56).
次いで、NLM移行部403は、下記の数式17用いて、SumNum_1stTxとSumNum_1stTx_NACKを初期化する(ステップS57)。
Next, the NLM transition unit 403 initializes SumNum_1stTx and SumNum_1stTx_NACK using Equation 17 below (step S57).
その後、NLM移行部403は、図8の処理を終了する。
Thereafter, the NLM transition unit 403 ends the process of FIG.
一方、ステップS53における判定で数式13を満たさない場合(ステップS53においてNo)、NLM移行部403は、図8の処理を終了する。
On the other hand, when the formula 13 is not satisfied in the determination in step S53 (No in step S53), the NLM transition unit 403 ends the process of FIG.
他方、ステップS55における判定で、数式15を満たさない場合(ステップS55においてNo)、NLM移行部403は、ステップS57に進む。そして、NLM移行部403は、数式17用いて、SumNum_1stTxとSumNum_1stTx_NACKを初期化し(ステップS57)、処理を終了する。
On the other hand, if it is determined in step S55 that Expression 15 is not satisfied (No in step S55), the NLM transition unit 403 proceeds to step S57. Then, the NLM transition unit 403 initializes SumNum_1stTx and SumNum_1stTx_NACK using Equation 17 (step S57), and ends the process.
以上、説明したように、本発明の第2の実施形態である各スモールセル基地局400によれば、各スモール基地局400は自局におけるBLERの実測値とBLERの目標値との乖離が大きくなった場合のみ、マクロセル基地局200のABSパターンを推定すれば良い。マクロセル基地局200-1のABSパターンが更新された場合、乖離が大きくなると考えられ、この場合にのみ再度のABSパターンの推定を行えば足りると考えられるからである。
As described above, according to each small cell base station 400 according to the second embodiment of the present invention, each small base station 400 has a large discrepancy between the measured BLER value and the BLER target value in its own station. Only in this case, the ABS pattern of the macrocell base station 200 may be estimated. This is because when the ABS pattern of the macrocell base station 200-1 is updated, the divergence is considered to be large, and it is considered that it is sufficient to estimate the ABS pattern again only in this case.
そのため、定期的にABSパターンを推定する、第1の実施形態であるスモールセル基地局100-1と比較して、マクロセル基地局200-1がABSパターンを更新した直後にスモールセルでABSパターンの推定が可能となり、かつ、マクロセル基地局200-1がABSパターンを更新しない場合の不用なNLMへの移行を回避できる。すなわち、ABSパターンが変形されたと考えられるタイミングで、適切にABSパターンの推定を実行することが可能となる、という効果を奏する。
Therefore, compared with the small cell base station 100-1 of the first embodiment, which periodically estimates the ABS pattern, the macro cell base station 200-1 updates the ABS pattern immediately after the ABS pattern is updated in the small cell. Estimation can be performed, and unnecessary transition to NLM can be avoided when the macro cell base station 200-1 does not update the ABS pattern. That is, there is an effect that it is possible to appropriately estimate the ABS pattern at a timing at which the ABS pattern is considered to be deformed.
以上、上記実施形態を参照して本発明を説明したが、本発明は、上述した実施形態に限定されるものではない。本発明の構成及び詳細に、本発明の範囲内において当業者が理解し得る様々な変更をすることができる。
As mentioned above, although this invention was demonstrated with reference to the said embodiment, this invention is not limited to embodiment mentioned above. Various changes that can be understood by those skilled in the art can be made to the configuration and details of the present invention within the scope of the present invention.
例えば、上述の説明では各スモールセル基地局400におけるBLERの実測値とBLERの目標値との乖離が大きくなったことをイベントトリガとして、各スモールセル基地局400をNLMへ移行していた。これ以外の条件をNLMへ移行するイベントトリガとするようにしても良い。例えば、スモールセル端末300-P1でマクロセル基地局200-1の負荷が高いと判定した場合をイベントトリガに追加するようにしても良い。
For example, in the above description, each small cell base station 400 has been shifted to the NLM with an event trigger that the difference between the measured BLER value and the BLER target value in each small cell base station 400 has increased. Other conditions may be used as event triggers for shifting to NLM. For example, a case where the small cell terminal 300-P1 determines that the load on the macro cell base station 200-1 is high may be added to the event trigger.
このようなマクロセル基地局200-1の負荷が高いと判定できたという条件をイベントトリガとする理由について説明する。マクロセル基地局200-1の負荷が低い場合は、マクロセル基地局200-1がABSを設定してもスモールセル端末300-P1の通信路品質の改善効果は小さい。すなわち、スモールセル端末300-P1のスループットは、ABSとNon-ABSを区別せず単に周期的に報告されるCSIを用いた場合であっても、ABSとNon-ABSで個別に報告されるCSIを用いた場合であっても、双方で殆ど変らない。そのため、マクロセル基地局200-1の負荷が低い場合にNLMを適用すると、NLM適用によるスモールセル端末へのデータ送信機会の低下で、スモールセル端末300-P1のスループットは劣化するにも関わらず、そのようにしてまでABSを設定してもスモールセル端末300-P1の通信路品質の改善効果は伴わない、という問題が生じるおそれがある。
The reason why the condition that the load on the macro cell base station 200-1 can be determined to be high is used as an event trigger will be described. When the load on the macro cell base station 200-1 is low, the improvement effect of the communication channel quality of the small cell terminal 300-P1 is small even if the macro cell base station 200-1 sets the ABS. That is, the throughput of the small cell terminal 300-P1 is not different from the ABS and the Non-ABS, and even when the CSI reported periodically is used, the CSI reported separately by the ABS and the Non-ABS. Even if it is used, there is almost no change in both. Therefore, when NLM is applied when the load on the macro cell base station 200-1 is low, the throughput of the small cell terminal 300-P1 deteriorates due to a decrease in data transmission opportunities to the small cell terminal due to the NLM application. There is a possibility that the problem that the effect of improving the communication channel quality of the small cell terminal 300-P1 is not accompanied even if the ABS is set as such.
そこで、上述したマクロセル基地局200-1の負荷が高いと判定できたことをNLMへの移行条件に追加することで、マクロセル基地局200-1の負荷が低い場合の必要の無いNLMへの移行を回避できる。
Therefore, by adding that it has been determined that the load on the macro cell base station 200-1 described above is high to the condition for shifting to the NLM, the transition to the NLM that is not necessary when the load on the macro cell base station 200-1 is low is performed. Can be avoided.
ここで、マクロセル基地局200-1の負荷の判定には、種々の方法が考えられる。一例として、スモールセル端末300-P1から報告されたNon-ABSの平均的なSINRと、同じスモールセル端末300-P1から報告された周辺基地局のRSRPを用いて計算したスモールセル基地局400-1のジオメトリを用い、両者の差が閾値未満となる場合をマクロセル基地局200-1の負荷が高いと判定するという方法が考えられる。
Here, various methods are conceivable for determining the load of the macrocell base station 200-1. As an example, the small cell base station 400- calculated using the average SINR of Non-ABS reported from the small cell terminal 300-P1 and the RSRP of the neighboring base stations reported from the same small cell terminal 300-P1. A method of using a geometry of 1 and determining that the load on the macrocell base station 200-1 is high when the difference between the two is less than a threshold value can be considered.
ここで、ジオメトリとは、周辺基地局の全てから干渉を受ける場合における、接続基地局のリファレンス信号に対するSINRである。SINRとジオメトリの差が小さい場合をマクロセル基地局200-1の負荷が高いと判定できる理由は、一般的に、マクロセル基地局200-1の負荷が高いほど、マクロセルからの干渉が増加するので、スモールセル端末のNon-ABSのSINRは低下し、このSINRとジオメトリの差が小さくなるためである。また、この条件は、周期的にNLMへ移行する実施形態1にも追加することができる。
Here, the geometry is the SINR with respect to the reference signal of the connected base station when receiving interference from all of the neighboring base stations. The reason why it can be determined that the load on the macro cell base station 200-1 is high when the difference between the SINR and the geometry is small is that interference from the macro cell generally increases as the load on the macro cell base station 200-1 increases. This is because the SINR of the non-ABS of the small cell terminal decreases, and the difference between the SINR and the geometry becomes small. This condition can also be added to the first embodiment that periodically shifts to the NLM.
なお、上述のイベントトリガを追加又は置き換えるという変更は、本実施形態だけではなく、以下に説明する各実施形態に対しても同様に行うことができる。
Note that the change of adding or replacing the above-described event trigger can be performed not only in this embodiment but also in each embodiment described below.
次に、上述の第1の実施形態を変形した第3の実施の形態について図面を参照して詳細に説明する。第1の実施の形態では、各スモールセル基地局100が各々独自に各マクロセル基地局200のABSパターンを推定していたのに対し、本実施形態では自セルと周辺セルの推定結果を用いて集計し、推定結果を決定する点が異なる。具体的には、本実施形態では、スモールセル基地局での推定結果と周辺スモールセル基地局での推定結果を集計し、各マクロセル基地局200のABSパターンの推定結果を決定する。
Next, a third embodiment obtained by modifying the first embodiment described above will be described in detail with reference to the drawings. In the first embodiment, each small cell base station 100 independently estimates the ABS pattern of each macro cell base station 200, whereas in this embodiment, the estimation results of its own cell and neighboring cells are used. The difference is that the data is aggregated and the estimation result is determined. Specifically, in this embodiment, the estimation results at the small cell base stations and the estimation results at the neighboring small cell base stations are tabulated, and the ABS pattern estimation results of each macro cell base station 200 are determined.
続いて図9を参照して第3の実施の形態における各スモールセル基地局500が有する機能について説明する。図9は、もっぱらスモールセル基地局500-1の機能を表すブロック図である。なお、他の各スモールセル基地局500(例えば、スモールセル基地局500-2)の機能はスモールセル基地局500-1の機能と同じである。
Subsequently, functions of each small cell base station 500 in the third embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 9 is a block diagram exclusively representing functions of the small cell base station 500-1. The functions of the other small cell base stations 500 (for example, the small cell base station 500-2) are the same as the functions of the small cell base station 500-1.
ここで、スモールセル基地局500-1と、スモールセル基地局500-1の周辺スモールセル基地局であるスモールセル基地局500-2の関係について説明する。
Here, the relationship between the small cell base station 500-1 and the small cell base station 500-2, which is a small cell base station around the small cell base station 500-1, will be described.
図9に表されるスモールセル基地局500-1とスモールセル基地局500-2の各通信エリア(すなわち各スモールセル)はそれぞれ、マクロセル基地局200-1の通信エリア(すなわちマクロセル)に少なくとも一部の通信エリアが包含されるとする。
Each communication area (ie, each small cell) of small cell base station 500-1 and small cell base station 500-2 shown in FIG. 9 is at least one in the communication area (ie, macro cell) of macro cell base station 200-1. Part of the communication area is included.
なお、図9においては、スモールセル基地局としてスモールセル基地局500-1とスモールセル基地局500-2しか表されていないが、スモールセル基地局500-1とスモール基地局500-2以外でマクロセル基地局200-1の通信エリアに少なくとも一部の通信エリアが包含される他のスモールセル基地局500-k(k≠1∧k≠2)が存在しても良い。
In FIG. 9, only the small cell base station 500-1 and the small cell base station 500-2 are shown as the small cell base stations, but other than the small cell base station 500-1 and the small base station 500-2. There may be another small cell base station 500-k (k ≠ 1∧k ≠ 2) in which at least a part of the communication area is included in the communication area of the macrocell base station 200-1.
また、スモールセル基地局500間にはX2 Interfaceが確立されており、スモールセル基地局500間での相互通信が可能であるとする。
In addition, it is assumed that an X2 interface is established between the small cell base stations 500 and mutual communication between the small cell base stations 500 is possible.
第3の実施の形態におけるスモールセル基地局500-1は、第1の実施の形態におけるスモールセル基地局100と比較して、ABSパターン推定部104に代えてABSパターン推定部504を含む点が異なる。そのため、以下の説明においてはこの相違点であるABSパターン推定部504に関してもっぱら説明し、他の共通する機能ブロックについての説明は省略する。
The small cell base station 500-1 in the third embodiment is different from the small cell base station 100 in the first embodiment in that it includes an ABS pattern estimation unit 504 instead of the ABS pattern estimation unit 104. Different. Therefore, in the following description, the ABS pattern estimation unit 504, which is the difference, will be described exclusively, and description of other common functional blocks will be omitted.
ABSパターン推定部504は、DL品質指標計算部504-1及びABSパターン推定実施部504-2を含む。
The ABS pattern estimation unit 504 includes a DL quality index calculation unit 504-1 and an ABS pattern estimation execution unit 504-2.
この点、DL品質指標計算部504-1の機能はDL品質指標計算部104-1と同じである。
In this regard, the function of the DL quality index calculation unit 504-1 is the same as that of the DL quality index calculation unit 104-1.
ABSパターン推定実施部504-2は、ABSパターン推定部104のABSパターン推定実施部104-2と同様の方法でマクロセル基地局200-1のABSパターンを推定する。本実施形態の説明においてはこの推定結果を便宜上「1次推定結果」と呼ぶ。
The ABS pattern estimation execution unit 504-2 estimates the ABS pattern of the macro cell base station 200-1 in the same manner as the ABS pattern estimation execution unit 104-2 of the ABS pattern estimation unit 104. In the description of the present embodiment, this estimation result is referred to as “primary estimation result” for convenience.
また、ABSパターン推定実施部504-2は、その1次推定結果を、基地局動作部101が保持する周辺基地局リストを参照することにより抽出される周辺スモールセル基地局500-k(k≠1)に通知する機能を更に有する。
Also, the ABS pattern estimation execution unit 504-2 extracts the primary estimation result by referring to the neighboring base station list held by the base station operation unit 101 and the neighboring small cell base station 500-k (k ≠ It further has a function of notifying to 1).
ここで、本実施形態では、基地局動作部101が保持する周辺基地局リストには、マクロセル基地局200-1の通信エリアに少なくとも一部の通信エリアが包含される周辺スモールセル基地局500-kを、それぞれ個別に識別するために使用する識別子が記載されているものとする。この識別子とは例えばセルIDである。
Here, in the present embodiment, the peripheral base station list held by the base station operation unit 101 includes the peripheral small cell base station 500- in which at least a part of the communication area is included in the communication area of the macro cell base station 200-1. Assume that an identifier used for individually identifying k is described. This identifier is, for example, a cell ID.
ABSパターン推定実施部504-2は、周辺スモールセル基地局500-kへの通知にはABS Statusを用いる。また、1次推定結果の通知内容として、マクロセル基地局200-1のABSパターンとABSの割合を通知する。なお、周辺スモールセル基地局500-kに含まれるABSパターン推定実施部504-2のそれぞれも同様に推定を行い、1次推定結果をスモールセル基地局500-1に含まれるABSパターン推定実施部504-2へと通知する。
The ABS pattern estimation execution unit 504-2 uses ABS Status for notification to the neighboring small cell base station 500-k. In addition, as the notification contents of the primary estimation result, the ABS pattern of the macrocell base station 200-1 and the ratio of the ABS are notified. Each of the ABS pattern estimation execution units 504-2 included in the neighboring small cell base station 500-k performs the same estimation, and the primary estimation result is included in the ABS pattern estimation execution unit included in the small cell base station 500-1. Notify 504-2.
更に、スモールセル基地局500-1に含まれるABSパターン推定実施部504-2は、スモールセル基地局500-1に含まれるABSパターン推定実施部504-2が推定したマクロセル基地局200-1のABSパターンの1次推定結果と、周辺スモールセル基地局500-kから通知されたマクロセル基地局200-1のABSパターンの1次推定結果を集計し、マクロセル基地局200-1のABSパターンの推定結果を決定する機能を有する。決定したマクロセル基地局200-1のABSパターンは基地局動作部101で管理される。
Further, the ABS pattern estimation execution unit 504-2 included in the small cell base station 500-1 includes the macro cell base station 200-1 estimated by the ABS pattern estimation execution unit 504-2 included in the small cell base station 500-1. The primary estimation results of the ABS pattern and the primary estimation results of the ABS pattern of the macro cell base station 200-1 notified from the neighboring small cell base station 500-k are aggregated to estimate the ABS pattern of the macro cell base station 200-1. Has the function of determining the result. The determined ABS pattern of the macrocell base station 200-1 is managed by the base station operation unit 101.
続いて、図10のフローチャートを参照して本実施形態の動作について説明する。図10は、スモールセル基地局500-1のABSパターン推定部504が、マクロセル基地局200-1のRSRQを測定し、そのRSRQを周辺スモールセル基地局500-kから受信したものも含めて集計して平均的な通信路品質を計算し、その通信路品質を用いてマクロセル基地局200-1のABSパターンを推定する、という動作手順を示すものである。
Next, the operation of this embodiment will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. In FIG. 10, the ABS pattern estimation unit 504 of the small cell base station 500-1 measures the RSRQ of the macro cell base station 200-1, and includes the RSRQ received from the neighboring small cell base station 500-k. Then, the operation procedure of calculating the average channel quality and estimating the ABS pattern of the macrocell base station 200-1 using the channel quality is shown.
図10を参照すると、図5に表されている動作手順と比較して図10に表されている動作手順ではステップS61が追加されている点で相違する。もっとも、他のステップにおける処理は図5に表される処理と同様である。そのため、以下では、追加されたステップS61の動作についてのみ説明する。なお、ステップS61の動作は、ABSパターン推定部504に含まれるABSパターン推定実施部504-2が行うが、以下では、ABSパターン推定部504の動作として説明する。
Referring to FIG. 10, the operation procedure shown in FIG. 10 is different from the operation procedure shown in FIG. 5 in that step S61 is added. However, processing in other steps is the same as the processing shown in FIG. Therefore, only the added operation of step S61 will be described below. The operation of step S61 is performed by the ABS pattern estimation execution unit 504-2 included in the ABS pattern estimation unit 504. Hereinafter, the operation of the ABS pattern estimation unit 504 will be described.
ABSパターン推定部504は、推定したマクロセル基地局200-1のABSパターンを1次推定結果として、基地局動作部101を介して周辺スモールセル基地局500-kに通知する(ステップS61)。その後、ステップS29へ進み、図5に表されている動作手順と同様の処理を継続する。
The ABS pattern estimation unit 504 notifies the estimated small ABS cell pattern of the macro cell base station 200-1 to the neighboring small cell base station 500-k through the base station operation unit 101 as a primary estimation result (step S61). Then, it progresses to step S29 and continues the process similar to the operation | movement procedure represented by FIG.
次に、図11は、スモールセル基地局500-1のABSパターン推定部504が、マクロセル基地局200-1のABSパターンの推定結果を決定する動作手順を表すフローチャートである。
Next, FIG. 11 is a flowchart showing an operation procedure in which the ABS pattern estimation unit 504 of the small cell base station 500-1 determines the estimation result of the ABS pattern of the macrocell base station 200-1.
ABSパターン推定部504は、図10の処理後、スモールセル基地局500-1に通知された直近(例えば、10分)のマクロセル基地局200-1のABSパターンの1次推定結果を用い、図11に記載の動作を実行する。なお、図11に記載の動作は、ABSパターン推定部504のABSパターン推定実施部504-2が行うが、以下では、ABSパターン推定部504の動作として説明する。
The ABS pattern estimation unit 504 uses the result of the primary estimation of the ABS pattern of the latest macro cell base station 200-1 notified to the small cell base station 500-1 after the processing of FIG. 11 is executed. The operation illustrated in FIG. 11 is performed by the ABS pattern estimation execution unit 504-2 of the ABS pattern estimation unit 504. Hereinafter, the operation will be described as the operation of the ABS pattern estimation unit 504.
先ず、ABSパターン推定部504は、スモールセル基地局500-1に含まれるABSパターン推定部504自身が推定したマクロセル基地局200-1のABSパターンの1次推定結果と、周辺スモールセル基地局500-kから通知されたマクロセル基地局200-1のABSパターンの1次推定結果を集計する。そして集計結果に基づいて、ABSの設定周期における各Subframeそれぞれ毎に、ABSと推定された回数(SumNum_abs(i))をカウントする(ステップS71)。すなわち、判定対象とするSubframe iのことをABSであると推定している1次推定結果の数をカウントする。
First, the ABS pattern estimation unit 504 firstly estimates the ABS pattern of the macrocell base station 200-1 estimated by the ABS pattern estimation unit 504 itself included in the small cell base station 500-1, and the neighboring small cell base station 500-1. Summing up the primary estimation results of the ABS pattern of the macro cell base station 200-1 notified from -k. Based on the counting result, the number of times estimated to be ABS (SumNum_abs (i)) is counted for each subframe in the ABS setting cycle (step S71). That is, the number of primary estimation results that estimate Subframe i to be determined as an ABS is counted.
次に、ABSパターン推定部504は、下記の数式18を用いて、マクロセル基地局200-1のABSパターンの推定結果を決定する(ステップS72)。具体的には、数式18を満たす場合はsubframe iの推定結果をABSと決定し、数式18を満たさない場合はsubframe iの推定結果をNon-ABSと決定する。数式18において、ΔThr_SumNum_absは、予め設定されたABS判定閾値である。
Next, the ABS pattern estimation unit 504 determines the estimation result of the ABS pattern of the macrocell base station 200-1 using the following Equation 18 (step S72). Specifically, if the mathematical formula 18 is satisfied, the subframe i estimation result is determined to be ABS, and if the mathematical formula 18 is not satisfied, the subframe i estimation result is determined to be Non-ABS. In Formula 18, ΔThr_SumNum_abs is a preset ABS determination threshold value.
以上、説明したように、本発明の第3の実施形態であるスモールセル基地局500-1によれば、スモールセル基地局500-1に含まれるABSパターン推定部504自身が推定したマクロセル基地局200-1のABSパターンだけではなく、更に、周辺スモールセル基地局500-k(k≠1)が推定したマクロセル基地局200-1のABSパターンも用いて、自局で推定したマクロセル基地局200-1のABSパターンを推定できる。そのため、自局で推定したABSパターンをマクロセル基地局200-1のABSパターンの推定結果とする第1の実施形態と比較して、推定に使用する統計データを増やすことと等価な効果が期待できる。そのため、マクロセル基地局200-1のABSパターンの推定精度が改善する、という効果を奏する。
As described above, according to the small cell base station 500-1 which is the third embodiment of the present invention, the macro cell base station estimated by the ABS pattern estimation unit 504 included in the small cell base station 500-1 itself. In addition to the ABS pattern of 200-1, the macro cell base station 200 estimated by the own station using the ABS pattern of the macro cell base station 200-1 estimated by the neighboring small cell base station 500-k (k ≠ 1) is also used. -1 ABS pattern can be estimated. Therefore, compared with the first embodiment in which the ABS pattern estimated by the own station is used as the ABS pattern estimation result of the macrocell base station 200-1, an effect equivalent to increasing statistical data used for estimation can be expected. . Therefore, the ABS pattern estimation accuracy of the macrocell base station 200-1 is improved.
以上、上記実施形態を参照して本発明を説明したが、本発明は、上述した実施形態に限定されるものではない。本発明の構成及び詳細に、本発明の範囲内において当業者が理解し得る様々な変更をすることができる。
As mentioned above, although this invention was demonstrated with reference to the said embodiment, this invention is not limited to embodiment mentioned above. Various changes that can be understood by those skilled in the art can be made to the configuration and details of the present invention within the scope of the present invention.
例えば、本実施形態では、マクロセル基地局200-1のABSパターンの推定結果の決定を各スモールセル基地局500毎に個別に行っていた。すなわち、各スモールセル基地局500がそれぞれ集計を行い、更に、各スモールセル基地局500それぞれが図11に記載されている動作処理を行っていた。しかし、これを変更し、スモールセル基地局500の中からマスタノードを選出し、マスタノードが周辺スモールセル基地局500から1次推定結果を集計して推定結果を決定し、その結果を周辺スモールセル基地局500に通知してもよい。これにより、スモールセル基地局500がABS Statusを通知する相手がマスタノードの1局に絞られるため、上述した処理と比較して、X2 Interfaceを介した基地局間のシグナリング量を抑制できる。
For example, in this embodiment, the estimation result of the ABS pattern of the macro cell base station 200-1 is determined for each small cell base station 500 individually. That is, each small cell base station 500 performs totalization, and each small cell base station 500 performs the operation process described in FIG. However, by changing this, a master node is selected from the small cell base stations 500, the master node aggregates the primary estimation results from the neighboring small cell base stations 500, determines the estimation results, and the results are used as the neighboring small cells. You may notify to the cell base station 500. FIG. As a result, the partner to which the small cell base station 500 notifies the ABS Status is narrowed down to one master node, so that the amount of signaling between the base stations via the X2 Interface can be suppressed as compared with the above-described processing.
また、何れかのスモールセル基地局500がマスタノードになるのではなく、通信回線ネットワーク900上にOAM(Oracle Access Manager)サーバを接続し、このOAMサーバを上記マスタノードとすることもできる。更に、OAMサーバがマスタノードを担う場合、本実施形態と同様の手順で周辺スモールセル基地局500から通知されたマクロセル基地局200-1のABSパターンの1次推定結果を集計するのではなく、マクロセル基地局200-1からの干渉が大きいスモールセル基地局500から通知されたマクロセル基地局200-1のABSパターンの1次推定結果だけを集計するようにすることもできる。
Also, any small cell base station 500 does not become a master node, but an OAM (Oracle Access Manager) server can be connected on the communication line network 900, and this OAM server can be used as the master node. Further, when the OAM server serves as a master node, the primary estimation results of the ABS pattern of the macro cell base station 200-1 notified from the neighboring small cell base station 500 are not counted in the same procedure as in this embodiment. Only the primary estimation results of the ABS pattern of the macro cell base station 200-1 notified from the small cell base station 500 with large interference from the macro cell base station 200-1 may be aggregated.
このようにする理由であるが、マクロセル基地局200-1からの干渉が大きいほどABSとNon-ABSとの通信路品質の差が大きいことから、そのようなスモールセル基地局500ほどマクロセル基地局200-1のABSパターンの推定精度が高くなるためである。つまり、推定精度が高い1次推定結果だけを集計することにより、より高精度での推定を行うことが可能となる。
The reason for this is that the larger the interference from the macro cell base station 200-1, the greater the difference in channel quality between the ABS and the Non-ABS. This is because the estimation accuracy of the ABS pattern 200-1 becomes high. That is, it is possible to perform estimation with higher accuracy by counting only the primary estimation results with high estimation accuracy.
ここで、マクロセル基地局200-1からの干渉が大きいスモールセル基地局500を判定する方法は任意の方法であって良い。一例を挙げると、マクロセル基地局200-1のRSRPとマクロセル基地局200-1以外の基地局の中で最大のRSRPを用いることが考えられる。そして、マクロセル基地局200-1のRSRPとマクロセル基地局200-1以外の基地局の中で最大のRSRPとの差が閾値以上となることを判定条件とする。マクロセル基地局200-1のRSRPとマクロセル基地局200-1以外の基地局の中で最大のRSRPは、各スモールセル基地局500がNLM適用時に測定し、OAMサーバに報告する。
Here, the method of determining the small cell base station 500 with large interference from the macro cell base station 200-1 may be any method. As an example, it is conceivable to use the maximum RSRP among the RSRP of the macrocell base station 200-1 and the base stations other than the macrocell base station 200-1. Then, the determination condition is that the difference between the RSRP of the macrocell base station 200-1 and the maximum RSRP among base stations other than the macrocell base station 200-1 is equal to or greater than a threshold value. The RSRP of the macro cell base station 200-1 and the maximum RSRP among the base stations other than the macro cell base station 200-1 are measured by each small cell base station 500 when NLM is applied, and reported to the OAM server.
なお、上述のマスタノードを決定するという変更、OAMサーバを使用するという変更及び干渉が大きいスモールセル基地局500から通知されたマクロセル基地局200-1のABSパターンの1次推定結果だけを集計するという変更のそれぞれは、本実施形態だけではなく、以下に説明する各実施形態に対しても同様に行うことができる。
It should be noted that only the primary pattern estimation result of the macro cell base station 200-1 notified from the small cell base station 500 notified by the small cell base station 500 having a large interference and the change of determining the master node described above, the change of using the OAM server, and the like. Each of these changes can be made not only in the present embodiment but also in each embodiment described below.
次に、上述の第1の実施形態を変形した本発明の第4の実施の形態について図面を参照して詳細に説明する。第1の実施の形態では、スモールセル基地局でマクロセル基地局のABSパターンを直接推定していたのに対し、本実施形態では、事前に通知されたABSパターン候補の中から選択する点が異なる。具体的には、本実施形態では、予めマクロセル基地局のABSパターンの候補をスモールセル基地局に通知しておく。そして、スモールセル基地局は、通知された候補の中からスモールセル基地局で推定したマクロセル基地局のABSパターンに最も近いパターンを選択する。
Next, a fourth embodiment of the present invention, which is a modification of the above-described first embodiment, will be described in detail with reference to the drawings. In the first embodiment, the small cell base station directly estimates the ABS pattern of the macro cell base station. However, in this embodiment, the ABS pattern candidates notified in advance are selected. . Specifically, in this embodiment, the macro cell base station ABS pattern candidates are notified to the small cell base station in advance. Then, the small cell base station selects a pattern closest to the ABS pattern of the macro cell base station estimated by the small cell base station from the notified candidates.
続いて図12を参照して、第4の実施の形態における無線通信システム20について説明する。無線通信システム20の構成は、上述した各実施形態の無線通信システム10の構成と比較して、通信回線ネットワーク900上にOAMサーバ700が新たに追加される点及び各スモールセル基地局100がスモールセル基地局600に置き換わっている点において異なる。
Next, a radio communication system 20 according to the fourth embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. The configuration of the wireless communication system 20 is different from the configuration of the wireless communication system 10 of each embodiment described above in that an OAM server 700 is newly added on the communication line network 900 and each small cell base station 100 is small. The difference is that the cell base station 600 is replaced.
続いて図13を参照して第4の実施の形態における各スモールセル基地局600が有する機能について説明する。図13は、スモールセル基地局600-1の機能を表すブロック図である。なお、他の各スモールセル基地局600(例えば、スモールセル基地局600-2)の機能はスモールセル基地局600-1の機能と同じである。
Next, functions of each small cell base station 600 according to the fourth embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 13 is a block diagram showing the functions of small cell base station 600-1. The functions of the other small cell base stations 600 (for example, the small cell base station 600-2) are the same as the functions of the small cell base station 600-1.
第4の実施の形態におけるスモールセル基地局600-1は、第1の実施の形態におけるスモールセル基地局100-1と比較して、ABSパターン推定部104に替えてABSパターン推定部604を含む点が異なる。そのため、以下の説明においてはこの相違点であるABSパターン推定部604に関してもっぱら説明し、他の共通する機能ブロックについての説明は省略する。
The small cell base station 600-1 in the fourth embodiment includes an ABS pattern estimation unit 604 instead of the ABS pattern estimation unit 104, as compared with the small cell base station 100-1 in the first embodiment. The point is different. Therefore, in the following description, only the ABS pattern estimation unit 604 which is the difference will be described, and description of other common functional blocks will be omitted.
ABSパターン推定部604は、DL品質指標計算部604-1及びABSパターン推定実施部604-2を含む。
The ABS pattern estimation unit 604 includes a DL quality index calculation unit 604-1 and an ABS pattern estimation execution unit 604-2.
DL品質指標計算部604-1の機能はDL品質指標計算部104-1と同じである。
The function of the DL quality index calculation unit 604-1 is the same as that of the DL quality index calculation unit 104-1.
ABSパターン推定実施部604-2は、ABSパターン推定実施部104-2と同様の方法でマクロセル基地局200-1のABSパターンを推定する機能を有する。これに加え、ABSパターン推定実施部604-2は、OAMサーバ700から通知されたマクロセル基地局200-1が設定可能なABSパターンの候補リストを受信し、保持する機能を有する。そして、ABSパターン推定実施部604-2は、自身が推定したマクロセル基地局200-1のABSパターンに基づいてABSパターンの候補リストの中からマクロセル基地局200-1のABSパターンの推定結果を選択する機能を有する。推定結果は基地局動作部101で管理される。
The ABS pattern estimation execution unit 604-2 has a function of estimating the ABS pattern of the macro cell base station 200-1 in the same manner as the ABS pattern estimation execution unit 104-2. In addition, the ABS pattern estimation execution unit 604-2 has a function of receiving and holding a candidate list of ABS patterns that can be set by the macro cell base station 200-1 notified from the OAM server 700. Then, the ABS pattern estimation execution unit 604-2 selects the estimation result of the ABS pattern of the macro cell base station 200-1 from the ABS pattern candidate list based on the ABS pattern of the macro cell base station 200-1 estimated by itself. It has the function to do. The estimation result is managed by the base station operation unit 101.
ここで、OAMサーバ700から通知されるマクロセル基地局200-1が設定可能なABSパターンの候補リストについて図14を参照して説明する。図14に表されるのはABSパターンの候補リストの一例である。図14において、各数列はABSパターンをビットマップ表示したものであり、1はABSを表し、0はNon-ABSを表す。本実施形態では、マクロセル基地局200-1のABSパターンの候補は、図14に記載の6通りとする。
Here, a candidate list of ABS patterns that can be set by the macrocell base station 200-1 notified from the OAM server 700 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 14 shows an example of an ABS pattern candidate list. In FIG. 14, each numerical sequence is a bitmap representation of an ABS pattern, where 1 represents ABS and 0 represents Non-ABS. In this embodiment, there are six ABS pattern candidates for the macrocell base station 200-1 as shown in FIG.
図15は、第4の実施の形態におけるOAMサーバ700の機能を表すブロック図である。図15を参照すると、OAMサーバ700は、送受信部701及び情報管理部702を含む。
FIG. 15 is a block diagram illustrating functions of the OAM server 700 according to the fourth embodiment. Referring to FIG. 15, the OAM server 700 includes a transmission / reception unit 701 and an information management unit 702.
送受信部701は、各スモールセル基地局600と各マクロセル基地局200を個別に識別するために使用する情報が記載された周辺基地局リストを有している。そして、送受信部701は、その周辺基地局リストを参照しながら通信回線ネットワーク900を介して各周辺基地局それぞれとの間で通信を行う機能を有する。
The transmission / reception unit 701 has a peripheral base station list in which information used to individually identify each small cell base station 600 and each macro cell base station 200 is described. The transmission / reception unit 701 has a function of performing communication with each peripheral base station via the communication line network 900 while referring to the peripheral base station list.
情報管理部702は、各マクロセル基地局200が設定可能なABSパターンの候補リストの内容を決定する機能を有する。更に情報管理部702は、決定した、設定可能なABSパターンの候補リストを各マクロセル基地局200に通知する機能を有する。
The information management unit 702 has a function of determining the contents of an ABS pattern candidate list that can be set by each macrocell base station 200. Further, the information management unit 702 has a function of notifying each macro cell base station 200 of the determined settable ABS pattern candidate list.
通知を受けたマクロセル基地局200は、通知された候補リストの中からABSパターンを選択し、ABSを設定する。
Upon receiving the notification, the macro cell base station 200 selects an ABS pattern from the notified candidate list and sets the ABS.
更に、情報管理部702は、各スモールセル基地局600にも、マクロセル基地局200が設定可能なABSパターンの候補リストを通知する機能を有する。
Furthermore, the information management unit 702 has a function of notifying each small cell base station 600 of a candidate list of ABS patterns that can be set by the macro cell base station 200.
本実施形態では、ABSパターンの候補リストの通知にはABS Statusを用い、ABSを1、Non-ABSを0とし、かつ、そのパターンにおける40Subframeに対するABSの割合を記載して通知する。
In this embodiment, the ABS pattern candidate list is notified by using ABS Status, with ABS set to 1, Non-ABS set to 0, and the ratio of ABS to 40 subframes in the pattern being described.
次に、スモールセル基地局600-1のABSパターン推定部604が、マクロセル基地局200-1のABSパターンを推定する動作手順について図16-1及び図16-2を参照して説明する。
Next, an operation procedure in which the ABS pattern estimation unit 604 of the small cell base station 600-1 estimates the ABS pattern of the macro cell base station 200-1 will be described with reference to FIGS. 16-1 and 16-2.
図16-1及び図16-2を参照すると、図5に表されている動作手順と比較して図16-2に表されている動作手順ではステップS81~ステップS83が新たに追加されている点で相違する。もっとも、他のステップにおける処理は図5に表される処理と同様である。そのため、以下では、追加されたステップS81~ステップS83の動作についてのみ説明する。なお、ステップS81~ステップS83の動作は、ABSパターン推定部604のABSパターン推定実施部604-2が行うが、以下では、ABSパターン推定部604の動作として説明する。
Referring to FIGS. 16-1 and 16-2, compared with the operation procedure shown in FIG. 5, steps S81 to S83 are newly added in the operation procedure shown in FIG. 16-2. It is different in point. However, processing in other steps is the same as the processing shown in FIG. Therefore, in the following, only the operations of the added steps S81 to S83 will be described. The operations in steps S81 to S83 are performed by the ABS pattern estimation execution unit 604-2 of the ABS pattern estimation unit 604. Hereinafter, the operation will be described as the operation of the ABS pattern estimation unit 604.
先ず、ABSパターン推定部604は、OAMサーバ700から通知されたマクロセル基地局200-1のABSパターンの候補リストに含まれている各候補の内容と、ABSの設定周期における各Subframeそれぞれ毎に自身の推定結果とが、一致するか否かを判定する。そして、一致した回数(Num_True(j))を各候補についてカウントする(ステップS81)。ここで、jは、OAMサーバから通知されたマクロセル基地局200-1のABSパターンの各候補を識別するための識別子である。
First, the ABS pattern estimation unit 604 is self-contained for each subframe included in the ABS pattern candidate list of the macrocell base station 200-1 notified from the OAM server 700 and for each subframe in the ABS setting cycle. It is determined whether or not the estimation results match. Then, the number of times of coincidence (Num_True (j)) is counted for each candidate (step S81). Here, j is an identifier for identifying each ABS pattern candidate of the macrocell base station 200-1 notified from the OAM server.
このステップS81におけるカウントについて図17に表される具体例を参照して説明する。図17には、マクロセル基地局200-1のABSパターンの推定結果の一例と、マクロセル基地局200-1のABSパターンの候補リストをビットマップ表示したものの一例が表されている。なお、図17に記載のマクロセル基地局200-1のABSパターンの候補リストは、図14に記載されている候補リストの一例と同じである。図17に記載の例では、例えば、ABSパターン候補1のNum_True、すなわち、j=1の場合のNum_True(j)は23となる。
The count in step S81 will be described with reference to a specific example shown in FIG. FIG. 17 shows an example of an ABS pattern estimation result of the macro cell base station 200-1 and an example of a bitmap display of the ABS pattern candidate list of the macro cell base station 200-1. Note that the ABS pattern candidate list of the macrocell base station 200-1 illustrated in FIG. 17 is the same as the candidate list example illustrated in FIG. In the example illustrated in FIG. 17, for example, Num_True of ABS pattern candidate 1, that is, Num_True (j) when j = 1 is 23.
次に、ABSパターン推定部604は、下記の数式19を用いて、OAMサーバ700から通知されたマクロセル基地局200-1のABSパターンの候補の自身の推定結果との正誤率(RateTF(j))を計算する(ステップS82)。数式19において、Tp_abs[Subframe]はABSの設定周期であり、本実施形態ではABSの設定周期は40Subframeである。これを図17に記載の例にあてはめると、ABSパターン候補1のRateTF、すなわち、j=1の場合のRateTF(j)は0.575(=23/40)となる。
Next, the ABS pattern estimation unit 604 uses the following Equation 19 to calculate the accuracy rate (RateTF (j)) of the estimation result of the ABS pattern candidate of the macro cell base station 200-1 notified from the OAM server 700. ) Is calculated (step S82). In Equation 19, Tp_abs [Subframe] is an ABS setting cycle. In this embodiment, the ABS setting cycle is 40 Subframe. When this is applied to the example shown in FIG. 17, RateTF of ABS pattern candidate 1, that is, RateTF (j) when j = 1 is 0.575 (= 23/40).
次に、ABSパターン推定部604は、正誤率が最も高いABSパターンの候補を、マクロセル基地局200-1のABSパターンと推定する(ステップS83)。図17に記載の例では、ABSパターン候補5のABSパターンをマクロセル基地局200-1のABSパターンと推定する。
Next, the ABS pattern estimation unit 604 estimates the ABS pattern candidate having the highest accuracy rate as the ABS pattern of the macro cell base station 200-1 (step S83). In the example shown in FIG. 17, the ABS pattern of ABS pattern candidate 5 is estimated as the ABS pattern of macrocell base station 200-1.
本実施形態のように予め候補リストを用意し、この候補リストから選択する方式であれば、選択した候補が適切だった場合にABSの設定周期に含まれる全てのSubframeについて正確な推定を行うことが可能となる。すなわち、今回の推定結果をそのまま利用した場合40Subframe中の3Subframeについては推定が誤っていたことになるが、候補5を選択出来たことにより40Subframe中の40Subframeについて正確なABSパターンの推定が行えたこととなる、という有利な効果を奏する。
If a candidate list is prepared in advance as in the present embodiment and selected from this candidate list, accurate estimation is performed for all subframes included in the ABS setting period when the selected candidate is appropriate. Is possible. In other words, if the estimation result of this time is used as it is, the estimation for 3 Subframe in 40 Subframe is wrong, but the candidate 5 can be selected and the accurate ABS pattern can be estimated for 40 Subframe in 40 Subframe. It has the advantageous effect of becoming.
以上、上記実施形態を参照して本発明を説明したが、本発明は、上述した実施形態に限定されるものではない。本発明の構成及び詳細に、本発明の範囲内において当業者が理解し得る様々な変更をすることができる。
As mentioned above, although this invention was demonstrated with reference to the said embodiment, this invention is not limited to embodiment mentioned above. Various changes that can be understood by those skilled in the art can be made to the configuration and details of the present invention within the scope of the present invention.
例えば、上述した本実施形態の説明ではスモールセル基地局600-1とマクロセル基地局200-1の間にX2 Interfaceが確立されていないものと想定した。しかし、本実施形態は、X2 Interfaceが確立されている無線通信システムに対しても適用できる。例えば、スモールセル基地局600-1とマクロセル基地局200-1の間にX2 Interfaceが確立されているが、基地局間のシグナリング量の観点から頻繁な情報交換ができない場合も、本実施形態と同様にABSパターンが適宜通知されないという課題が発生する。しかし、本実施形態を適用することでその課題を解決できる。
For example, in the above description of the present embodiment, it is assumed that X2 Interface is not established between the small cell base station 600-1 and the macro cell base station 200-1. However, the present embodiment can also be applied to a wireless communication system in which X2 Interface is established. For example, although the X2 Interface is established between the small cell base station 600-1 and the macro cell base station 200-1, the present embodiment can be used even when frequent information exchange cannot be performed from the viewpoint of the amount of signaling between base stations. Similarly, there is a problem that the ABS pattern is not notified appropriately. However, this problem can be solved by applying this embodiment.
更に、X2 Interfaceが確立されている場合であれば、OAMサーバ700がマクロセル基地局200-1で設定可能なABSパターンの候補を決定し、その候補リストをスモールセル基地局600-1に通知する、という上述した動作を変形することも可能となる。具体的にはOAMサーバ700の代わりに、マクロセル基地局200-1自身が設定可能なABSパターンの候補を決定し、その候補リストをスモールセル基地局600-1に通知するようにすることができる。
Further, if the X2 interface is established, the OAM server 700 determines ABS pattern candidates that can be set in the macro cell base station 200-1, and notifies the small cell base station 600-1 of the candidate list. It is also possible to modify the above-described operation. Specifically, instead of the OAM server 700, ABS pattern candidates that can be set by the macro cell base station 200-1 itself are determined, and the candidate list can be notified to the small cell base station 600-1. .
なお、第1の実施形態~第4の実施形態の4つの実施形態についてそれぞれ説明してきたが、これら実施形態は完全に独立しているものではなく、要旨を逸脱しない範囲で組み合わせることも可能である。
Although the four embodiments of the first to fourth embodiments have been described, these embodiments are not completely independent and can be combined without departing from the scope of the invention. is there.
例えば、実施形態3のスモールセル基地局500や実施形態4のスモールセル基地局600に含まれるNLB移行部103を、実施形態2のスモールセル基地局400に含まれるNLB移行部403と置き換えることも可能である。
For example, the NLB transition unit 103 included in the small cell base station 500 of the third embodiment or the small cell base station 600 of the fourth embodiment may be replaced with the NLB transition unit 403 included in the small cell base station 400 of the second embodiment. Is possible.
また、他にも例えば一つの無線通信システム内に、異なるスモールセル基地局が混在しても良い。例えば、実施形態1のスモールセル基地局100と第2の実施形態のスモールセル基地局400が一つの無線通信システム10内に混在していても良い。
In addition, for example, different small cell base stations may be mixed in one wireless communication system. For example, the small cell base station 100 of the first embodiment and the small cell base station 400 of the second embodiment may be mixed in one wireless communication system 10.
なお、上記の無線通信システムに含まれる各機器のそれぞれは、ハードウェア、ソフトウェア又はこれらの組み合わせによりそれぞれ実現することができる。また、上記の無線通信システムに含まれる各機器により行なわれる制限時間フレームパターン推定方法も、ハードウェア、ソフトウェア又はこれらの組み合わせにより実現することができる。ここで、ソフトウェアによって実現されるとは、コンピュータがプログラムを読み込んで実行することにより実現されることを意味する。
Note that each device included in the wireless communication system can be realized by hardware, software, or a combination thereof. Moreover, the time limit frame pattern estimation method performed by each device included in the wireless communication system can also be realized by hardware, software, or a combination thereof. Here, “realized by software” means realized by a computer reading and executing a program.
プログラムは、様々なタイプの非一時的なコンピュータ可読媒体(non-transitory computer readable medium)を用いて格納され、コンピュータに供給することができる。非一時的なコンピュータ可読媒体は、様々なタイプの実体のある記録媒体(tangible storage medium)を含む。非一時的なコンピュータ可読媒体の例は、磁気記録媒体(例えば、フレキシブルディスク、磁気テープ、ハードディスクドライブ)、光磁気記録媒体(例えば、光磁気ディスク)、CD-ROM(Read Only Memory)、CD-R、CD-R/W、半導体メモリ(例えば、マスクROM、PROM(Programmable ROM)、EPROM(Erasable PROM)、フラッシュROM、RAM(random access memory))を含む。また、プログラムは、様々なタイプの一時的なコンピュータ可読媒体(transitory computer readable medium)によってコンピュータに供給されてもよい。一時的なコンピュータ可読媒体の例は、電気信号、光信号、及び電磁波を含む。一時的なコンピュータ可読媒体は、電線及び光ファイバ等の有線通信路、又は無線通信路を介して、プログラムをコンピュータに供給できる。
The program can be stored using various types of non-transitory computer readable media and supplied to a computer. Non-transitory computer readable media include various types of tangible storage media. Examples of non-transitory computer readable media include magnetic recording media (eg, flexible disk, magnetic tape, hard disk drive), magneto-optical recording media (eg, magneto-optical disc), CD-ROM (Read Only Memory), CD- R, CD-R / W, semiconductor memory (for example, mask ROM, PROM (Programmable ROM), EPROM (Erasable ROM), flash ROM, RAM (random access memory)). The program may also be supplied to the computer by various types of temporary computer readable media. Examples of transitory computer readable media include electrical signals, optical signals, and electromagnetic waves. The temporary computer-readable medium can supply the program to the computer via a wired communication path such as an electric wire and an optical fiber, or a wireless communication path.
本願は、日本の特願2013-157873(2013年7月30日に出願)に基づいたものであり、又、特願2013-157873に基づくパリ条約の優先権を主張するものである。特願2013-157873の開示内容は、特願2013-157873を参照することにより本明細書に援用される。
This application is based on Japanese Patent Application No. 2013-157873 (filed on July 30, 2013), and claims the priority of the Paris Convention based on Japanese Patent Application No. 2013-157873. The disclosure of Japanese Patent Application No. 2013-157873 is incorporated herein by reference to Japanese Patent Application No. 2013-157873.
本発明の代表的な実施の形態が詳細に述べられたが、様々な変更(changes)、置き換え(substitutions)及び選択(alternatives)が請求項で定義された発明の精神と範囲から逸脱することなくなされることが理解されるべきである。また、仮にクレームが出願手続きにおいて補正されたとしても、クレームされた発明の均等の範囲は維持されるものと発明者は意図する。
Although exemplary embodiments of the present invention have been described in detail, various changes, substitutions and alternatives may be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention as defined in the claims. It should be understood that this is done. Moreover, even if the claim is amended in the application procedure, the inventor intends that the equivalent scope of the claimed invention is maintained.
上記の実施形態の一部又は全部は、以下の付記のようにも記載されうるが、以下には限られない。
Some or all of the above embodiments can be described as in the following supplementary notes, but are not limited thereto.
(付記1) 第1のエリアでの無線通信に対して干渉を与える無線通信が行われる第2のエリアでは、所定のフレームパターンに基づいて無線通信を制限されるフレームである制限時間フレームと制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームとを切り替える、という状況下にて、前記第1のエリアにて少なくとも前記第2のエリアからの信号を測定することにより複数フレームのそれぞれについて品質指標を算出し、前記算出した複数フレームのそれぞれの品質指標に基づいて算出した算出品質指標と、前記複数フレームの何れかであって今回判定対象とするフレームの品質指標とを比較することによって、前記今回判定対象とするフレームが、前記制限時間フレームと、前記制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームとの何れであるかを推定し、該推定を複数のフレームについて行うことにより前記所定のフレームパターンとしてどのようなフレームパターンが使用されているかを推定することを特徴とする制限時間フレームパターン推定装置。
(Supplementary note 1) In a second area where radio communication that interferes with radio communication in the first area is performed, a time limit frame and a limit that are frames in which radio communication is restricted based on a predetermined frame pattern Under the situation of switching to a time frame other than the time frame, a quality index is calculated for each of a plurality of frames by measuring a signal from at least the second area in the first area, and the calculation By comparing the calculated quality index calculated based on the quality index of each of the plurality of frames and the quality index of the frame that is one of the plurality of frames that is the current determination target, the frame that is the current determination target Is estimated to be either the time limit frame or a time frame other than the time limit frame, Time limit frame pattern estimation apparatus and estimates what frame pattern is used as the predetermined frame pattern by performing constant for a plurality of frames.
(付記2) 前記推定したフレームパターンを前記第1のエリア内の端末に通知すると共に、該通知したフレームパターンに基づいて、前記制限時間フレームと、前記制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームとを区別して通信路品質情報を報告するように前記第1のエリア内の端末に指示することを特徴とする付記1に記載の制限時間フレームパターン推定装置。
(Appendix 2) Notifying the estimated frame pattern to the terminal in the first area, and distinguishing the time limit frame from time frames other than the time limit frame based on the notified frame pattern The time limit frame pattern estimation apparatus according to appendix 1, wherein the terminal in the first area is instructed to report channel quality information.
(付記3) 前記指示に対する返信として報告された通信路品質情報に基づいて、前記前記第1のエリア内の端末に前記制限時間フレームと、前記制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームとを区別して無線リソースを割り当てることを特徴とする付記2に記載の制限時間フレームパターン推定装置。
(Supplementary Note 3) Based on the communication channel quality information reported as a reply to the instruction, radio resources are distinguished from the time limit frame and time frames other than the time limit frame for the terminals in the first area. The time limit frame pattern estimation apparatus according to Supplementary Note 2, wherein:
(付記4) 前記判定対象とするフレームの品質指標の平均値が、前記複数フレームの品質指標の平均値よりも良好な通信状況を表す値である場合に、前記判定対象とするフレームが前記制限時間フレームであると推定することを特徴とする付記1乃至3の何れか1に記載の制限時間フレームパターン推定装置。
(Additional remark 4) When the average value of the quality index of the frame to be determined is a value representing a communication state better than the average value of the quality indexes of the plurality of frames, the frame to be determined is the restriction The time limit frame pattern estimation apparatus according to any one of appendices 1 to 3, wherein the time frame pattern is estimated to be a time frame.
(付記5) 前記品質指標とは前記第1のエリアにて測定したRSRQ(Reference Signal Received Quality)であり、
前記判定対象とするフレームのRSRQの平均値が、前記複数フレームのRSRQの平均値よりも所定値以上となった場合に、前記判定対象とするフレームが前記制限時間フレームであると推定することを特徴とする付記4に記載の制限時間フレームパターン推定装置。 (Additional remark 5) The said quality parameter | index is RSRQ (Reference Signal Received Quality) measured in the said 1st area,
Estimating that the frame to be determined is the time limit frame when the average value of RSRQ of the frame to be determined is a predetermined value or more than the average value of RSRQ of the plurality of frames. The time limit frame pattern estimation apparatus according to Supplementary Note 4, which is a feature.
前記判定対象とするフレームのRSRQの平均値が、前記複数フレームのRSRQの平均値よりも所定値以上となった場合に、前記判定対象とするフレームが前記制限時間フレームであると推定することを特徴とする付記4に記載の制限時間フレームパターン推定装置。 (Additional remark 5) The said quality parameter | index is RSRQ (Reference Signal Received Quality) measured in the said 1st area,
Estimating that the frame to be determined is the time limit frame when the average value of RSRQ of the frame to be determined is a predetermined value or more than the average value of RSRQ of the plurality of frames. The time limit frame pattern estimation apparatus according to Supplementary Note 4, which is a feature.
(付記6) 前記品質指標とは前記第1のエリアにて測定したRSSI(Received Signal Strength Indicator)であり、
前記判定対象とするフレームのRSSIの平均値が、前記複数フレームのRSSIの平均値よりも所定値以下となった場合に、前記判定対象とするフレームが前記制限時間フレームであると推定することを特徴とする付記4に記載の制限時間フレームパターン推定装置。 (Appendix 6) The quality indicator is an RSSI (Received Signal Strength Indicator) measured in the first area,
Estimating that the frame to be determined is the time limit frame when the average RSSI value of the frame to be determined is a predetermined value or less than the average value of RSSI of the plurality of frames. The time limit frame pattern estimation apparatus according to Supplementary Note 4, which is a feature.
前記判定対象とするフレームのRSSIの平均値が、前記複数フレームのRSSIの平均値よりも所定値以下となった場合に、前記判定対象とするフレームが前記制限時間フレームであると推定することを特徴とする付記4に記載の制限時間フレームパターン推定装置。 (Appendix 6) The quality indicator is an RSSI (Received Signal Strength Indicator) measured in the first area,
Estimating that the frame to be determined is the time limit frame when the average RSSI value of the frame to be determined is a predetermined value or less than the average value of RSSI of the plurality of frames. The time limit frame pattern estimation apparatus according to Supplementary Note 4, which is a feature.
(付記7) 前記第2のエリアでの無線通信によって干渉を受ける第3のエリアが少なくとも一つ以上存在し、
当該制限時間フレームパターン推定装置以外の他の装置が前記第3のエリアにて少なくとも前記第2のエリアからの信号を測定することにより品質指標を算出し、算出した複数フレームの品質指標から算出した算出品質指標と、算出した複数フレームの何れかであって今回判定対象とするフレームの品質指標とを比較することによって前記所定のフレームパターンとしてどのフレームパターンとして使用されているかを推定し、
当該制限時間フレームパターン推定装置は、前記所定のフレームパターンとして使用されていることが前記他の装置により推定されたフレームパターンと、前記所定のフレームパターンとして使用されていることが当該制限時間フレームパターン推定装置により推定されたフレームパターンとの双方に基づいて、前記所定のフレームパターンとしてどのようなフレームパターンが使用されているかを再度推定することを特徴とする付記1乃至6の何れか1に記載の制限時間フレームパターン推定装置。 (Supplementary Note 7) There is at least one third area that is subject to interference by wireless communication in the second area,
A device other than the time limit frame pattern estimation device calculates a quality index by measuring a signal from at least the second area in the third area, and calculates the calculated quality index from a plurality of frames. Estimating which frame pattern is used as the predetermined frame pattern by comparing the calculated quality index and the calculated quality index of any one of the plurality of frames to be determined this time,
The time limit frame pattern estimation device uses the frame pattern estimated by the other device as being used as the predetermined frame pattern, and the time limit frame pattern is used as the predetermined frame pattern. Any one ofappendices 1 to 6, wherein what kind of frame pattern is used as the predetermined frame pattern is estimated again based on both the frame pattern estimated by the estimation device. Time frame pattern estimation apparatus.
当該制限時間フレームパターン推定装置以外の他の装置が前記第3のエリアにて少なくとも前記第2のエリアからの信号を測定することにより品質指標を算出し、算出した複数フレームの品質指標から算出した算出品質指標と、算出した複数フレームの何れかであって今回判定対象とするフレームの品質指標とを比較することによって前記所定のフレームパターンとしてどのフレームパターンとして使用されているかを推定し、
当該制限時間フレームパターン推定装置は、前記所定のフレームパターンとして使用されていることが前記他の装置により推定されたフレームパターンと、前記所定のフレームパターンとして使用されていることが当該制限時間フレームパターン推定装置により推定されたフレームパターンとの双方に基づいて、前記所定のフレームパターンとしてどのようなフレームパターンが使用されているかを再度推定することを特徴とする付記1乃至6の何れか1に記載の制限時間フレームパターン推定装置。 (Supplementary Note 7) There is at least one third area that is subject to interference by wireless communication in the second area,
A device other than the time limit frame pattern estimation device calculates a quality index by measuring a signal from at least the second area in the third area, and calculates the calculated quality index from a plurality of frames. Estimating which frame pattern is used as the predetermined frame pattern by comparing the calculated quality index and the calculated quality index of any one of the plurality of frames to be determined this time,
The time limit frame pattern estimation device uses the frame pattern estimated by the other device as being used as the predetermined frame pattern, and the time limit frame pattern is used as the predetermined frame pattern. Any one of
(付記8) 前記第2のエリアにて使用され得る前記所定のフレームパターンのリストを取得し、当該制限時間フレームパターン装置が前記推定したフレームパターンに基づいて前記リスト内のフレームパターンを選択することにより、前記フレームパターンを再度推定することを特徴とする付記1乃至6の何れか1に記載の制限時間フレームパターン推定装置。
(Appendix 8) Obtaining a list of the predetermined frame patterns that can be used in the second area, and selecting a frame pattern in the list based on the estimated frame pattern by the time limit frame pattern device The time limit frame pattern estimation device according to any one of appendices 1 to 6, wherein the frame pattern is estimated again by the following:
(付記9) 前記第1のエリア内において無線通信を行う端末の通信状況を監視し、監視する通信状況が所定の通信状況よりも悪化した場合に、前記第2のエリアからの信号を測定することによる品質指標の算出及び前記フレームパターンの推定を実行することを特徴とする付記1乃至8の何れか1に記載の制限時間フレームパターン推定装置。
(Supplementary note 9) The communication status of a terminal that performs wireless communication in the first area is monitored, and the signal from the second area is measured when the monitored communication status is worse than a predetermined communication status. The time-limited frame pattern estimation apparatus according to any one of appendices 1 to 8, wherein a quality index is calculated and the frame pattern is estimated.
(付記10) 前記第2のエリアでの無線通信における通信負荷が所定の基準以上に高くなった場合に、前記第2のエリアからの信号を測定することによる品質指標の算出及び前記フレームパターンの推定を実行することを特徴とする付記1乃至8の何れか1に記載の制限時間フレームパターン推定装置。
(Supplementary Note 10) When the communication load in wireless communication in the second area becomes higher than a predetermined standard, the calculation of the quality index by measuring the signal from the second area and the frame pattern The time limit frame pattern estimation apparatus according to any one of appendices 1 to 8, wherein estimation is executed.
(付記11) 前記第2のエリアからの信号を測定することによる品質指標の算出を開始後、複数回の前記フレームパターンの推定を実行し、複数の推定結果が同じ内容であった場合には前記第2のエリアからの信号を測定することによる品質指標の算出及び前記フレームパターンの推定を終了することを特徴とする付記1乃至10の何れか1に記載の制限時間フレームパターン推定装置。
(Supplementary Note 11) After starting the calculation of the quality index by measuring the signal from the second area, if the estimation of the frame pattern is executed a plurality of times, and the plurality of estimation results have the same content 11. The time limit frame pattern estimation device according to any one of appendices 1 to 10, wherein the calculation of the quality index by measuring the signal from the second area and the estimation of the frame pattern are terminated.
(付記12) コンピュータが行う制限時間フレームパターン推定方法であって、
第1のエリアでの無線通信に対して干渉を与える無線通信が行われる第2のエリアでは、所定のフレームパターンに基づいて無線通信を制限されるフレームである制限時間フレームと制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームとを切り替える、という状況下にて、前記第1のエリアにて少なくとも前記第2のエリアからの信号を測定することにより複数フレームのそれぞれについて品質指標を算出し、前記算出した複数フレームのそれぞれの品質指標に基づいて算出した算出品質指標と、前記複数フレームの何れかであって今回判定対象とするフレームの品質指標とを比較することによって、前記今回判定対象とするフレームが、前記制限時間フレームと、前記制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームとの何れであるかを推定し、該推定を複数のフレームについて行うことにより前記所定のフレームパターンとしてどのようなフレームパターンが使用されているかを推定することを特徴とする制限時間フレームパターン推定方法。 (Supplementary note 12) A time limit frame pattern estimation method performed by a computer,
In the second area in which radio communication that interferes with radio communication in the first area is performed, a time frame other than the time limit frame and the time limit frame that are frames for which radio communication is restricted based on a predetermined frame pattern Under the situation of switching between time frames, a quality index is calculated for each of a plurality of frames by measuring a signal from at least the second area in the first area, and the calculated plurality of frames By comparing the calculated quality index calculated based on each quality index with the quality index of the frame that is the current determination target among any of the plurality of frames, the frame that is the current determination target It is estimated whether it is a time frame or a time frame other than the time limit frame, and the estimation is applied to a plurality of frames. Time limit frame pattern estimation method characterized by estimating what frame pattern is used as the predetermined frame pattern by performing the over-time.
第1のエリアでの無線通信に対して干渉を与える無線通信が行われる第2のエリアでは、所定のフレームパターンに基づいて無線通信を制限されるフレームである制限時間フレームと制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームとを切り替える、という状況下にて、前記第1のエリアにて少なくとも前記第2のエリアからの信号を測定することにより複数フレームのそれぞれについて品質指標を算出し、前記算出した複数フレームのそれぞれの品質指標に基づいて算出した算出品質指標と、前記複数フレームの何れかであって今回判定対象とするフレームの品質指標とを比較することによって、前記今回判定対象とするフレームが、前記制限時間フレームと、前記制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームとの何れであるかを推定し、該推定を複数のフレームについて行うことにより前記所定のフレームパターンとしてどのようなフレームパターンが使用されているかを推定することを特徴とする制限時間フレームパターン推定方法。 (Supplementary note 12) A time limit frame pattern estimation method performed by a computer,
In the second area in which radio communication that interferes with radio communication in the first area is performed, a time frame other than the time limit frame and the time limit frame that are frames for which radio communication is restricted based on a predetermined frame pattern Under the situation of switching between time frames, a quality index is calculated for each of a plurality of frames by measuring a signal from at least the second area in the first area, and the calculated plurality of frames By comparing the calculated quality index calculated based on each quality index with the quality index of the frame that is the current determination target among any of the plurality of frames, the frame that is the current determination target It is estimated whether it is a time frame or a time frame other than the time limit frame, and the estimation is applied to a plurality of frames. Time limit frame pattern estimation method characterized by estimating what frame pattern is used as the predetermined frame pattern by performing the over-time.
(付記13) 前記推定したフレームパターンを前記第1のエリア内の端末に通知すると共に、該通知したフレームパターンに基づいて、前記制限時間フレームと、前記制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームとを区別して通信路品質情報を報告するように前記第1のエリア内の端末に指示することを特徴とする付記12に記載の制限時間フレームパターン推定方法。
(Appendix 13) Notifying the estimated frame pattern to the terminal in the first area, and distinguishing the time limit frame from time frames other than the time limit frame based on the notified frame pattern The time limit frame pattern estimation method according to appendix 12, wherein the terminal in the first area is instructed to report channel quality information.
(付記14) 前記指示に対する返信として報告された通信路品質情報に基づいて、前記前記第1のエリア内の端末に前記制限時間フレームと、前記制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームとを区別して無線リソースを割り当てることを特徴とする付記13に記載の制限時間フレームパターン推定方法。
(Additional remark 14) Based on the communication path quality information reported as a reply with respect to the said instruction | indication, a radio | wireless resource distinguishing the said time limit frame and time frames other than the said time limit frame to the terminal in the said 1st area 14. The time limit frame pattern estimation method according to appendix 13, wherein
(付記15) 前記判定対象とするフレームの品質指標の平均値が、前記複数フレームの品質指標の平均値よりも良好な通信状況を表す値である場合に、前記判定対象とするフレームが前記制限時間フレームであると推定することを特徴とする付記12乃至14の何れか1に記載の制限時間フレームパターン推定方法。
(Additional remark 15) When the average value of the quality index of the frame to be determined is a value representing a communication state better than the average value of the quality indexes of the plurality of frames, the frame to be determined is the restriction 15. The time limit frame pattern estimation method according to any one of appendices 12 to 14, wherein the time frame pattern is estimated to be a time frame.
(付記16) 前記品質指標とは前記第1のエリアにて測定したRSRQ(Reference Signal Received Quality)であり、
前記判定対象とするフレームのRSRQの平均値が、前記複数フレームのRSRQの平均値よりも所定値以上となった場合に、前記判定対象とするフレームが前記制限時間フレームであると推定することを特徴とする付記15に記載の制限時間フレームパターン推定方法。 (Supplementary Note 16) The quality index is RSRQ (Reference Signal Received Quality) measured in the first area,
Estimating that the frame to be determined is the time limit frame when the average value of RSRQ of the frame to be determined is a predetermined value or more than the average value of RSRQ of the plurality of frames. The time limit frame pattern estimation method according to Supplementary Note 15, which is a feature.
前記判定対象とするフレームのRSRQの平均値が、前記複数フレームのRSRQの平均値よりも所定値以上となった場合に、前記判定対象とするフレームが前記制限時間フレームであると推定することを特徴とする付記15に記載の制限時間フレームパターン推定方法。 (Supplementary Note 16) The quality index is RSRQ (Reference Signal Received Quality) measured in the first area,
Estimating that the frame to be determined is the time limit frame when the average value of RSRQ of the frame to be determined is a predetermined value or more than the average value of RSRQ of the plurality of frames. The time limit frame pattern estimation method according to Supplementary Note 15, which is a feature.
(付記17) 前記品質指標とは前記第1のエリアにて測定したRSSI(Received Signal Strength Indicator)であり、
前記判定対象とするフレームのRSSIの平均値が、前記複数フレームのRSSIの平均値よりも所定値以下となった場合に、前記判定対象とするフレームが前記制限時間フレームであると推定することを特徴とする付記15に記載の制限時間フレームパターン推定方法。 (Supplementary Note 17) The quality indicator is an RSSI (Received Signal Strength Indicator) measured in the first area,
Estimating that the frame to be determined is the time limit frame when the average RSSI value of the frame to be determined is a predetermined value or less than the average value of RSSI of the plurality of frames. The time limit frame pattern estimation method according to Supplementary Note 15, which is a feature.
前記判定対象とするフレームのRSSIの平均値が、前記複数フレームのRSSIの平均値よりも所定値以下となった場合に、前記判定対象とするフレームが前記制限時間フレームであると推定することを特徴とする付記15に記載の制限時間フレームパターン推定方法。 (Supplementary Note 17) The quality indicator is an RSSI (Received Signal Strength Indicator) measured in the first area,
Estimating that the frame to be determined is the time limit frame when the average RSSI value of the frame to be determined is a predetermined value or less than the average value of RSSI of the plurality of frames. The time limit frame pattern estimation method according to Supplementary Note 15, which is a feature.
(付記18) 前記第2のエリアでの無線通信によって干渉を受ける第3のエリアが少なくとも一つ以上存在し、
当該制限時間フレームパターン推定方法を行う前記コンピュータ以外の他の装置が前記第3のエリアにて少なくとも前記第2のエリアからの信号を測定することにより品質指標を算出し、算出した複数フレームの品質指標から算出した算出品質指標と、算出した複数フレームの何れかであって今回判定対象とするフレームの品質指標とを比較することによって前記所定のフレームパターンとしてどのフレームパターンとして使用されているかを推定し、
当該制限時間フレームパターン推定方法を行う前記コンピュータは、前記所定のフレームパターンとして使用されていることが前記他の装置により推定されたフレームパターンと、前記所定のフレームパターンとして使用されていることが当該制限時間フレームパターン推定方法を行う前記コンピュータにより推定されたフレームパターンとの双方に基づいて、前記所定のフレームパターンとしてどのようなフレームパターンが使用されているかを再度推定することを特徴とする付記12乃至17の何れか1に記載の制限時間フレームパターン推定方法。 (Supplementary Note 18) There is at least one third area that is subject to interference by wireless communication in the second area,
A device other than the computer that performs the time frame pattern estimation method calculates a quality index by measuring a signal from at least the second area in the third area, and calculates the quality of the calculated plurality of frames Estimating which frame pattern is used as the predetermined frame pattern by comparing the calculated quality index calculated from the index and the calculated quality index of any one of the plurality of frames to be determined this time And
The computer that performs the time frame pattern estimation method is used as the frame pattern estimated by the other apparatus and the predetermined frame pattern as being used as the predetermined frame pattern. Additional remark 12: It is estimated again what frame pattern is used as the predetermined frame pattern based on both the frame pattern estimated by the computer performing the time limit frame pattern estimation method. 18. The time limit frame pattern estimation method according to any one of 1 to 17.
当該制限時間フレームパターン推定方法を行う前記コンピュータ以外の他の装置が前記第3のエリアにて少なくとも前記第2のエリアからの信号を測定することにより品質指標を算出し、算出した複数フレームの品質指標から算出した算出品質指標と、算出した複数フレームの何れかであって今回判定対象とするフレームの品質指標とを比較することによって前記所定のフレームパターンとしてどのフレームパターンとして使用されているかを推定し、
当該制限時間フレームパターン推定方法を行う前記コンピュータは、前記所定のフレームパターンとして使用されていることが前記他の装置により推定されたフレームパターンと、前記所定のフレームパターンとして使用されていることが当該制限時間フレームパターン推定方法を行う前記コンピュータにより推定されたフレームパターンとの双方に基づいて、前記所定のフレームパターンとしてどのようなフレームパターンが使用されているかを再度推定することを特徴とする付記12乃至17の何れか1に記載の制限時間フレームパターン推定方法。 (Supplementary Note 18) There is at least one third area that is subject to interference by wireless communication in the second area,
A device other than the computer that performs the time frame pattern estimation method calculates a quality index by measuring a signal from at least the second area in the third area, and calculates the quality of the calculated plurality of frames Estimating which frame pattern is used as the predetermined frame pattern by comparing the calculated quality index calculated from the index and the calculated quality index of any one of the plurality of frames to be determined this time And
The computer that performs the time frame pattern estimation method is used as the frame pattern estimated by the other apparatus and the predetermined frame pattern as being used as the predetermined frame pattern. Additional remark 12: It is estimated again what frame pattern is used as the predetermined frame pattern based on both the frame pattern estimated by the computer performing the time limit frame pattern estimation method. 18. The time limit frame pattern estimation method according to any one of 1 to 17.
(付記19) 前記第2のエリアにて使用され得る前記所定のフレームパターンのリストを取得し、当該制限時間フレームパターン方法を行う前記コンピュータが前記推定したフレームパターンに基づいて前記リスト内のフレームパターンを選択することにより、前記フレームパターンを再度推定することを特徴とする付記12乃至17の何れか1に記載の制限時間フレームパターン推定方法。
(Supplementary Note 19) A frame pattern in the list is acquired based on the frame pattern estimated by the computer that acquires the list of the predetermined frame patterns that can be used in the second area and performs the time frame pattern method. 18. The time limit frame pattern estimation method according to any one of appendices 12 to 17, wherein the frame pattern is estimated again by selecting.
(付記20) 前記第1のエリア内において無線通信を行う端末の通信状況を監視し、監視する通信状況が所定の通信状況よりも悪化した場合に、前記第2のエリアからの信号を測定することによる品質指標の算出及び前記フレームパターンの推定を実行することを特徴とする付記12乃至19の何れか1に記載の制限時間フレームパターン推定方法。
(Supplementary note 20) The communication status of a terminal that performs wireless communication in the first area is monitored, and when the monitored communication status is worse than a predetermined communication status, a signal from the second area is measured. 20. The time-limited frame pattern estimation method according to any one of appendices 12 to 19, wherein a quality index is calculated and the frame pattern is estimated.
(付記21) 前記第2のエリアでの無線通信における通信負荷が所定の基準以上に高くなった場合に、前記第2のエリアからの信号を測定することによる品質指標の算出及び前記フレームパターンの推定を実行することを特徴とする付記12乃至19の何れか1に記載の制限時間フレームパターン推定方法。
(Supplementary Note 21) When the communication load in the wireless communication in the second area becomes higher than a predetermined standard, the calculation of the quality index by measuring the signal from the second area and the frame pattern 20. The time limit frame pattern estimation method according to any one of appendices 12 to 19, wherein estimation is performed.
(付記22) 前記第2のエリアからの信号を測定することによる品質指標の算出を開始後、複数回の前記フレームパターンの推定を実行し、複数の推定結果が同じ内容であった場合には前記第2のエリアからの信号を測定することによる品質指標の算出及び前記フレームパターンの推定を終了することを特徴とする付記12乃至21の何れか1に記載の制限時間フレームパターン推定方法。
(Supplementary note 22) After starting the calculation of the quality index by measuring the signal from the second area, if the estimation of the frame pattern is executed a plurality of times, and the plurality of estimation results have the same content The time limit frame pattern estimation method according to any one of appendices 12 to 21, wherein the calculation of the quality index by measuring the signal from the second area and the estimation of the frame pattern are terminated.
(付記23) 複数の第1のエリアそれぞれでの無線通信に対して干渉を与える無線通信が行われる第2のエリアでは、所定のフレームパターンに基づいて無線通信を制限されるフレームである制限時間フレームと制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームとを切り替える、という状況下にて、前記複数の第1のエリアの基地局それぞれが少なくとも前記第2のエリアからの信号を測定することにより複数フレームのそれぞれについて品質指標を算出し、前記算出した複数フレームのそれぞれの品質指標に基づいて算出した算出品質指標と、前記複数フレームの何れかであって今回判定対象とするフレームの品質指標とを比較することによって、前記今回判定対象とするフレームが、前記制限時間フレームと、前記制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームとの何れであるかを推定し、該推定を複数のフレームについて行うことにより前記所定のフレームパターンとしてどのようなフレームパターンが使用されているかを推定し、前記各基地局間にて推定したフレームパターンを通知しあい、前記各基地局は該基地局自身が推定したフレームパターンと他の基地局から通知されたフレームパターンとの双方に基づいて前記フレームパターンを再度推定することを特徴とする制限時間フレームパターン推定システム。
(Supplementary Note 23) In the second area in which wireless communication that interferes with wireless communication in each of the plurality of first areas is performed, a time limit that is a frame in which wireless communication is restricted based on a predetermined frame pattern Under the situation of switching between a frame and a time frame other than the time limit frame, each base station in the plurality of first areas measures at least a signal from the second area for each of the plurality of frames. By calculating a quality index and comparing the calculated quality index calculated based on the calculated quality index of each of the plurality of frames and the quality index of the frame that is the current determination target of any of the plurality of frames. The frame to be determined this time is a time other than the time limit frame and the time limit frame. Estimating which frame pattern is used, estimating the frame pattern used as the predetermined frame pattern by performing the estimation on a plurality of frames, and estimating between the base stations A restriction characterized by notifying each other of a frame pattern, and each base station re-estimates the frame pattern based on both the frame pattern estimated by the base station itself and the frame pattern notified by another base station. Time frame pattern estimation system.
(付記24) 複数の第1のエリアそれぞれでの無線通信に対して干渉を与える無線通信が行われる第2のエリアでは、所定のフレームパターンに基づいて無線通信を制限されるフレームである制限時間フレームと制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームとを切り替える、という状況下にて、前記第1のエリアにて少なくとも前記第2のエリアからの信号を測定することにより複数フレームのそれぞれについて品質指標を算出し、前記算出した複数フレームのそれぞれの品質指標に基づいて算出した算出品質指標と、前記複数フレームの何れかであって今回判定対象とするフレームの品質指標とを比較することによって、前記今回判定対象とするフレームが、前記制限時間フレームと、前記制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームとの何れであるかを推定し、該推定を複数のフレームについて行うことにより前記所定のフレームパターンとしてどのようなフレームパターンが使用されているかを推定し、前記各基地局にて推定したフレームパターンを当該マスタノードに報告し、
当該マスタノードは、前記各基地局から報告された複数のフレームパターンに基づいて前記フレームパターンを再度推定し、再度推定したフレームパターンを各基地局に通知することを特徴とするマスタノード。 (Supplementary Note 24) In a second area where radio communication that interferes with radio communication in each of the plurality of first areas is performed, a time limit that is a frame in which radio communication is restricted based on a predetermined frame pattern Under the condition of switching between a frame and a time frame other than the time limit frame, a quality index is calculated for each of a plurality of frames by measuring a signal from at least the second area in the first area. By comparing the calculated quality index calculated based on the calculated quality index of each of the plurality of frames and the quality index of the frame that is one of the plurality of frames that is the current determination target, Whether the time frame is the time limit frame or a time frame other than the time limit frame Estimate what frame pattern is used as the predetermined frame pattern by performing the estimation for a plurality of frames, and report the estimated frame pattern at each base station to the master node. And
The master node is configured to re-estimate the frame pattern based on a plurality of frame patterns reported from each base station, and notify each base station of the re-estimated frame pattern.
当該マスタノードは、前記各基地局から報告された複数のフレームパターンに基づいて前記フレームパターンを再度推定し、再度推定したフレームパターンを各基地局に通知することを特徴とするマスタノード。 (Supplementary Note 24) In a second area where radio communication that interferes with radio communication in each of the plurality of first areas is performed, a time limit that is a frame in which radio communication is restricted based on a predetermined frame pattern Under the condition of switching between a frame and a time frame other than the time limit frame, a quality index is calculated for each of a plurality of frames by measuring a signal from at least the second area in the first area. By comparing the calculated quality index calculated based on the calculated quality index of each of the plurality of frames and the quality index of the frame that is one of the plurality of frames that is the current determination target, Whether the time frame is the time limit frame or a time frame other than the time limit frame Estimate what frame pattern is used as the predetermined frame pattern by performing the estimation for a plurality of frames, and report the estimated frame pattern at each base station to the master node. And
The master node is configured to re-estimate the frame pattern based on a plurality of frame patterns reported from each base station, and notify each base station of the re-estimated frame pattern.
(付記25) 当該マスタノードは前記基地局のなかから選別した何れかの基地局であることを特徴とする付記24記載のマスタノード。
(Supplementary note 25) The master node according to supplementary note 24, wherein the master node is any one of the base stations selected from the base stations.
(付記26) 当該マスタノードは前記基地局とは別途に設けられたサーバ装置であることを特徴とする付記24記載のマスタノード。
(Supplementary note 26) The master node according to supplementary note 24, wherein the master node is a server device provided separately from the base station.
(付記27) 第1のエリアでの無線通信に対して干渉を与える無線通信が行われる第2のエリアでは、所定のフレームパターンに基づいて無線通信を制限されるフレームである制限時間フレームと制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームとを切り替える、という状況下にて、
サーバ装置が、前記第2のエリアにて使用され得る前記所定のフレームパターンを決定し、決定した所定のフレームパターンをリストとして制限時間フレームパターン推定装置に送信し、
前記制限時間フレームパターン推定装置が、前記第1のエリアにて少なくとも前記第2のエリアからの信号を測定することにより複数フレームのそれぞれについて品質指標を算出し、前記算出した複数フレームのそれぞれの品質指標に基づいて算出した算出品質指標と、前記複数フレームの何れかであって今回判定対象とするフレームの品質指標とを比較することによって、前記今回判定対象とするフレームが、前記制限時間フレームと、前記制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームとの何れであるかを推定し、該推定を複数のフレームについて行うことにより前記所定のフレームパターンとしてどのようなフレームパターンが使用されているかを推定したフレームパターンに基づいて前記リスト内のフレームパターンを選択することにより、前記フレームパターンを再度推定することを特徴とするシステムにおける前記サーバ装置。 (Supplementary Note 27) In a second area where radio communication that interferes with radio communication in the first area is performed, a time limit frame that is a frame in which radio communication is restricted based on a predetermined frame pattern and a restriction Under the situation of switching between time frames other than the time frame,
The server device determines the predetermined frame pattern that can be used in the second area, transmits the determined predetermined frame pattern as a list to the time limit frame pattern estimation device,
The time limit frame pattern estimation device calculates a quality index for each of a plurality of frames by measuring a signal from at least the second area in the first area, and each quality of the calculated plurality of frames By comparing the calculated quality index calculated based on the index and the quality index of the frame that is one of the plurality of frames that is the current determination target, the frame that is the current determination target is the time limit frame A frame pattern in which a frame other than the time limit frame is estimated and a frame pattern used as the predetermined frame pattern is estimated by performing the estimation on a plurality of frames. By selecting a frame pattern in the list based on Said server apparatus in a system and estimates the serial frames pattern again.
サーバ装置が、前記第2のエリアにて使用され得る前記所定のフレームパターンを決定し、決定した所定のフレームパターンをリストとして制限時間フレームパターン推定装置に送信し、
前記制限時間フレームパターン推定装置が、前記第1のエリアにて少なくとも前記第2のエリアからの信号を測定することにより複数フレームのそれぞれについて品質指標を算出し、前記算出した複数フレームのそれぞれの品質指標に基づいて算出した算出品質指標と、前記複数フレームの何れかであって今回判定対象とするフレームの品質指標とを比較することによって、前記今回判定対象とするフレームが、前記制限時間フレームと、前記制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームとの何れであるかを推定し、該推定を複数のフレームについて行うことにより前記所定のフレームパターンとしてどのようなフレームパターンが使用されているかを推定したフレームパターンに基づいて前記リスト内のフレームパターンを選択することにより、前記フレームパターンを再度推定することを特徴とするシステムにおける前記サーバ装置。 (Supplementary Note 27) In a second area where radio communication that interferes with radio communication in the first area is performed, a time limit frame that is a frame in which radio communication is restricted based on a predetermined frame pattern and a restriction Under the situation of switching between time frames other than the time frame,
The server device determines the predetermined frame pattern that can be used in the second area, transmits the determined predetermined frame pattern as a list to the time limit frame pattern estimation device,
The time limit frame pattern estimation device calculates a quality index for each of a plurality of frames by measuring a signal from at least the second area in the first area, and each quality of the calculated plurality of frames By comparing the calculated quality index calculated based on the index and the quality index of the frame that is one of the plurality of frames that is the current determination target, the frame that is the current determination target is the time limit frame A frame pattern in which a frame other than the time limit frame is estimated and a frame pattern used as the predetermined frame pattern is estimated by performing the estimation on a plurality of frames. By selecting a frame pattern in the list based on Said server apparatus in a system and estimates the serial frames pattern again.
(付記28) 第1のエリアでの無線通信に対して干渉を与える無線通信が行われる第2のエリアでは、所定のフレームパターンに基づいて無線通信を制限されるフレームである制限時間フレームと制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームとを切り替える、という状況下にて、
前記第2のエリアの基地局が、前記第2のエリアにて使用され得る前記所定のフレームパターンを決定し、決定した所定のフレームパターンをリストとして制限時間フレームパターン推定装置に送信し、
前記制限時間フレームパターン推定装置が、前記第1のエリアにて少なくとも前記第2のエリアからの信号を測定することにより複数フレームのそれぞれについて品質指標を算出し、前記算出した複数フレームのそれぞれの品質指標に基づいて算出した算出品質指標と、前記複数フレームの何れかであって今回判定対象とするフレームの品質指標とを比較することによって、前記今回判定対象とするフレームが、前記制限時間フレームと、前記制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームとの何れであるかを推定し、該推定を複数のフレームについて行うことにより前記所定のフレームパターンとしてどのようなフレームパターンが使用されているかを推定したフレームパターンに基づいて前記リスト内のフレームパターンを選択することにより、前記フレームパターンを再度推定することを特徴とするシステムにおける前記第2のエリアの基地局。 (Supplementary Note 28) In a second area where radio communication that interferes with radio communication in the first area is performed, a time limit frame and a limit that are frames in which radio communication is restricted based on a predetermined frame pattern Under the situation of switching between time frames other than the time frame,
The base station of the second area determines the predetermined frame pattern that can be used in the second area, and transmits the determined predetermined frame pattern as a list to the time limit frame pattern estimation device,
The time limit frame pattern estimation device calculates a quality index for each of a plurality of frames by measuring a signal from at least the second area in the first area, and each quality of the calculated plurality of frames By comparing the calculated quality index calculated based on the index and the quality index of the frame that is one of the plurality of frames that is the current determination target, the frame that is the current determination target is the time limit frame A frame pattern in which a frame other than the time limit frame is estimated and a frame pattern used as the predetermined frame pattern is estimated by performing the estimation on a plurality of frames. By selecting a frame pattern in the list based on The base station of the second area in the system and estimates the serial frame pattern again.
前記第2のエリアの基地局が、前記第2のエリアにて使用され得る前記所定のフレームパターンを決定し、決定した所定のフレームパターンをリストとして制限時間フレームパターン推定装置に送信し、
前記制限時間フレームパターン推定装置が、前記第1のエリアにて少なくとも前記第2のエリアからの信号を測定することにより複数フレームのそれぞれについて品質指標を算出し、前記算出した複数フレームのそれぞれの品質指標に基づいて算出した算出品質指標と、前記複数フレームの何れかであって今回判定対象とするフレームの品質指標とを比較することによって、前記今回判定対象とするフレームが、前記制限時間フレームと、前記制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームとの何れであるかを推定し、該推定を複数のフレームについて行うことにより前記所定のフレームパターンとしてどのようなフレームパターンが使用されているかを推定したフレームパターンに基づいて前記リスト内のフレームパターンを選択することにより、前記フレームパターンを再度推定することを特徴とするシステムにおける前記第2のエリアの基地局。 (Supplementary Note 28) In a second area where radio communication that interferes with radio communication in the first area is performed, a time limit frame and a limit that are frames in which radio communication is restricted based on a predetermined frame pattern Under the situation of switching between time frames other than the time frame,
The base station of the second area determines the predetermined frame pattern that can be used in the second area, and transmits the determined predetermined frame pattern as a list to the time limit frame pattern estimation device,
The time limit frame pattern estimation device calculates a quality index for each of a plurality of frames by measuring a signal from at least the second area in the first area, and each quality of the calculated plurality of frames By comparing the calculated quality index calculated based on the index and the quality index of the frame that is one of the plurality of frames that is the current determination target, the frame that is the current determination target is the time limit frame A frame pattern in which a frame other than the time limit frame is estimated and a frame pattern used as the predetermined frame pattern is estimated by performing the estimation on a plurality of frames. By selecting a frame pattern in the list based on The base station of the second area in the system and estimates the serial frame pattern again.
(付記29) 第1のエリアでの無線通信に対して干渉を与える無線通信が行われる第2のエリアでは、所定のフレームパターンに基づいて無線通信を制限されるフレームである制限時間フレームと制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームとを切り替える、という状況下にて、前記第1のエリアにて少なくとも前記第2のエリアからの信号を測定することにより複数フレームのそれぞれについて品質指標を算出し、前記算出した複数フレームそれぞれの品質指標に基づいて算出した算出品質指標と、前記複数フレームの何れかであって今回判定対象とするフレームの品質指標とを比較することによって、前記今回判定対象とするフレームが、前記制限時間フレームと、前記制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームとの何れであるかを推定し、該推定を複数のフレームについて行うことにより前記所定のフレームパターンとしてどのようなフレームパターンが使用されているかを推定する制限時間フレームパターン推定装置としてコンピュータを機能させることを特徴とする制限時間フレーム推定プログラム。
(Supplementary Note 29) In a second area where radio communication that interferes with radio communication in the first area is performed, a time limit frame and a limit that are frames in which radio communication is restricted based on a predetermined frame pattern Under the situation of switching to a time frame other than the time frame, a quality index is calculated for each of a plurality of frames by measuring a signal from at least the second area in the first area, and the calculation By comparing the calculated quality index calculated based on the quality index of each of the plurality of frames and the quality index of the frame that is one of the plurality of frames that is the current determination target, the frame that is the current determination target is , Estimating whether the time limit frame or a time frame other than the time limit frame, Limiting the time frame estimation program for causing a computer to function as the time limit frame pattern estimating device for estimating what frame pattern is used as the predetermined frame pattern by performing constant for a plurality of frames.
(付記30) 複数の第1のエリアそれぞれでの無線通信に対して干渉を与える無線通信が行われる第2のエリアでは、所定のフレームパターンに基づいて無線通信を制限されるフレームである制限時間フレームと制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームとを切り替える、という状況下にて、前記複数の第1のエリアの基地局が行う制限時間フレームパターン推定方法であって、
前記複数の第1のエリアの基地局それぞれが少なくとも前記第2のエリアからの信号を測定することにより複数フレームのそれぞれについて品質指標を算出し、前記算出した複数フレームそれぞれの品質指標に基づいて算出した算出品質指標と、前記複数フレームの何れかであって今回判定対象とするフレームの品質指標とを比較することによって、前記今回判定対象とするフレームが、前記制限時間フレームと、前記制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームとの何れであるかを推定し、該推定を複数のフレームについて行うことにより前記所定のフレームパターンとしてどのようなフレームパターンが使用されているかを推定し、前記各基地局間にて推定したフレームパターンを通知しあい、前記各基地局は該基地局自身が推定したフレームパターンと他の基地局から通知されたフレームパターンとの双方に基づいて前記フレームパターンを再度推定することを特徴とする制限時間フレームパターン推定方法。 (Supplementary Note 30) In a second area where radio communication that interferes with radio communication in each of the plurality of first areas is performed, a time limit that is a frame in which radio communication is restricted based on a predetermined frame pattern A time limit frame pattern estimation method performed by the base stations in the plurality of first areas under the situation of switching between a frame and a time frame other than the time limit frame,
Each of the base stations of the plurality of first areas calculates a quality index for each of a plurality of frames by measuring at least a signal from the second area, and is calculated based on the calculated quality index of each of the plurality of frames. The calculated quality index is compared with the quality index of the frame that is the current determination target among any of the plurality of frames, so that the current determination target frame is the time limit frame and the time limit frame. Is estimated for a plurality of frames to estimate what frame pattern is used as the predetermined frame pattern, and between the base stations. Each of the base stations notifies the frame pattern estimated by the base station itself. Time limit frame pattern estimation method characterized by re-estimating the frame pattern based on both the turn and the other notified frame pattern from the base station.
前記複数の第1のエリアの基地局それぞれが少なくとも前記第2のエリアからの信号を測定することにより複数フレームのそれぞれについて品質指標を算出し、前記算出した複数フレームそれぞれの品質指標に基づいて算出した算出品質指標と、前記複数フレームの何れかであって今回判定対象とするフレームの品質指標とを比較することによって、前記今回判定対象とするフレームが、前記制限時間フレームと、前記制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームとの何れであるかを推定し、該推定を複数のフレームについて行うことにより前記所定のフレームパターンとしてどのようなフレームパターンが使用されているかを推定し、前記各基地局間にて推定したフレームパターンを通知しあい、前記各基地局は該基地局自身が推定したフレームパターンと他の基地局から通知されたフレームパターンとの双方に基づいて前記フレームパターンを再度推定することを特徴とする制限時間フレームパターン推定方法。 (Supplementary Note 30) In a second area where radio communication that interferes with radio communication in each of the plurality of first areas is performed, a time limit that is a frame in which radio communication is restricted based on a predetermined frame pattern A time limit frame pattern estimation method performed by the base stations in the plurality of first areas under the situation of switching between a frame and a time frame other than the time limit frame,
Each of the base stations of the plurality of first areas calculates a quality index for each of a plurality of frames by measuring at least a signal from the second area, and is calculated based on the calculated quality index of each of the plurality of frames. The calculated quality index is compared with the quality index of the frame that is the current determination target among any of the plurality of frames, so that the current determination target frame is the time limit frame and the time limit frame. Is estimated for a plurality of frames to estimate what frame pattern is used as the predetermined frame pattern, and between the base stations. Each of the base stations notifies the frame pattern estimated by the base station itself. Time limit frame pattern estimation method characterized by re-estimating the frame pattern based on both the turn and the other notified frame pattern from the base station.
(付記31) 第1基地局(スモールセル基地局)が第1通信エリア(スモールセル)を管理し、第2基地局(マクロセル基地局)が前記第1通信エリアの少なくとも一部を包括する第2通信エリア(マクロセル)を管理し、かつ、前記第2通信エリア内において端末との無線通信が制限された制限時間フレームを推定するための制限時間フレームパターンの推定方法であって、
前記第1基地局において、前記第2通信エリアの信号を含む品質指標を測定し、前記品質指標に関する全時間フレームの平均品質指標と所定周期における各時間フレームの平均品質指標とを計算する品質指標計算ステップと、
前記全時間フレームの平均品質指標と前記各時間フレームの平均品質指標を用いて、前記制限時間フレームと前記制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームの組み合わせを推定する制限時間フレームパターンの推定ステップと、
を有することを特徴とする制限時間フレームパターンの推定方法。 (Supplementary Note 31) A first base station (small cell base station) manages a first communication area (small cell), and a second base station (macro cell base station) includes at least a part of the first communication area. A time limit frame pattern estimation method for managing two communication areas (macro cells) and estimating a time limit frame in which wireless communication with a terminal is restricted in the second communication area,
A quality index for measuring a quality index including a signal of the second communication area in the first base station and calculating an average quality index for all time frames related to the quality index and an average quality index for each time frame in a predetermined period. A calculation step;
A time limit frame pattern estimation step for estimating a combination of the time limit frame and a time frame other than the time limit frame using an average quality index of the all time frames and an average quality index of each time frame;
A method for estimating a time-limited frame pattern, comprising:
前記第1基地局において、前記第2通信エリアの信号を含む品質指標を測定し、前記品質指標に関する全時間フレームの平均品質指標と所定周期における各時間フレームの平均品質指標とを計算する品質指標計算ステップと、
前記全時間フレームの平均品質指標と前記各時間フレームの平均品質指標を用いて、前記制限時間フレームと前記制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームの組み合わせを推定する制限時間フレームパターンの推定ステップと、
を有することを特徴とする制限時間フレームパターンの推定方法。 (Supplementary Note 31) A first base station (small cell base station) manages a first communication area (small cell), and a second base station (macro cell base station) includes at least a part of the first communication area. A time limit frame pattern estimation method for managing two communication areas (macro cells) and estimating a time limit frame in which wireless communication with a terminal is restricted in the second communication area,
A quality index for measuring a quality index including a signal of the second communication area in the first base station and calculating an average quality index for all time frames related to the quality index and an average quality index for each time frame in a predetermined period. A calculation step;
A time limit frame pattern estimation step for estimating a combination of the time limit frame and a time frame other than the time limit frame using an average quality index of the all time frames and an average quality index of each time frame;
A method for estimating a time-limited frame pattern, comprising:
(付記32) 前記推定した制限時間フレームパターンに基づいて、前記第1通信エリアの端末に対して、通信路品質情報(CQI:Channel Quality Indicator)を前記制限時間フレームと前記制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームとで区別して報告するよう指示する通信路品質情報の報告指示ステップと、
を更に有することを特徴とする付記31に記載の制限時間フレームパターンの推定方法。 (Supplementary Note 32) On the basis of the estimated time limit frame pattern, channel quality information (CQI: Channel Quality Indicator) is transmitted to the terminals in the first communication area at times other than the time limit frame and the time limit frame. A channel quality information reporting instruction step for instructing to report separately from a frame;
The time limit frame pattern estimation method according to supplementary note 31, further comprising:
を更に有することを特徴とする付記31に記載の制限時間フレームパターンの推定方法。 (Supplementary Note 32) On the basis of the estimated time limit frame pattern, channel quality information (CQI: Channel Quality Indicator) is transmitted to the terminals in the first communication area at times other than the time limit frame and the time limit frame. A channel quality information reporting instruction step for instructing to report separately from a frame;
The time limit frame pattern estimation method according to supplementary note 31, further comprising:
(付記33) 前記品質指標は前記第2通信エリアのRSRQ(Reference Signal Received Quality)であり、
前記制限時間フレームパターンの推定ステップとは、
前記各時間フレームの平均品質指標が前記全時間フレームの平均品質指標の所定値以上となる時間フレームを前記制限時間フレームと推定することである付記31に記載の制限時間フレームパターンの推定方法。 (Supplementary Note 33) The quality indicator is RSRQ (Reference Signal Received Quality) of the second communication area,
The step of estimating the time limit frame pattern is
32. The time limit frame pattern estimation method according to supplementary note 31, wherein a time frame in which an average quality index of each time frame is equal to or greater than a predetermined value of an average quality index of all time frames is estimated as the time limit frame.
前記制限時間フレームパターンの推定ステップとは、
前記各時間フレームの平均品質指標が前記全時間フレームの平均品質指標の所定値以上となる時間フレームを前記制限時間フレームと推定することである付記31に記載の制限時間フレームパターンの推定方法。 (Supplementary Note 33) The quality indicator is RSRQ (Reference Signal Received Quality) of the second communication area,
The step of estimating the time limit frame pattern is
32. The time limit frame pattern estimation method according to supplementary note 31, wherein a time frame in which an average quality index of each time frame is equal to or greater than a predetermined value of an average quality index of all time frames is estimated as the time limit frame.
(付記34) 前記品質指標はRSSI(Received Signal Strength Indicator)であり、
前記制限時間フレームパターンの推定ステップとは、
前記各時間フレームの平均品質指標が前記全時間フレームの平均品質指標の所定値以下となる時間フレームを前記制限時間フレームと推定することである付記31に記載の制限時間フレームパターンの推定方法。 (Supplementary Note 34) The quality indicator is RSSI (Received Signal Strength Indicator),
The step of estimating the time limit frame pattern is
32. The time limit frame pattern estimation method according to supplementary note 31, wherein a time frame in which an average quality index of each time frame is equal to or less than a predetermined value of an average quality index of all time frames is estimated as the time limit frame.
前記制限時間フレームパターンの推定ステップとは、
前記各時間フレームの平均品質指標が前記全時間フレームの平均品質指標の所定値以下となる時間フレームを前記制限時間フレームと推定することである付記31に記載の制限時間フレームパターンの推定方法。 (Supplementary Note 34) The quality indicator is RSSI (Received Signal Strength Indicator),
The step of estimating the time limit frame pattern is
32. The time limit frame pattern estimation method according to supplementary note 31, wherein a time frame in which an average quality index of each time frame is equal to or less than a predetermined value of an average quality index of all time frames is estimated as the time limit frame.
(付記35) 前記第2通信エリアに少なくとも一部を包括される前記第1通信エリアを含む第3通信エリア群をそれぞれ管理する第3基地局群が存在し、
前記第3基地局群においてそれぞれ測定された第2通信エリアの信号を含む品質指標を用いて推定した前記制限時間フレームパターンの情報を取得するステップを更に備え、
前記制限時間フレームパターンの推定ステップとは、
前記第3基地局群でそれぞれ推定した前記制限時間フレームパターンの情報を集計して、前記制限時間フレームパターンを決定することである付記31に記載の制限時間フレームパターンの推定方法。 (Supplementary Note 35) There is a third base station group that manages a third communication area group that includes the first communication area that is at least partially included in the second communication area.
Further comprising the step of acquiring information on the limited time frame pattern estimated using a quality indicator including a signal of the second communication area measured in the third base station group,
The step of estimating the time limit frame pattern is
32. The time limit frame pattern estimation method according to supplementary note 31, wherein the time limit frame pattern information determined by the third base station group is aggregated to determine the time limit frame pattern.
前記第3基地局群においてそれぞれ測定された第2通信エリアの信号を含む品質指標を用いて推定した前記制限時間フレームパターンの情報を取得するステップを更に備え、
前記制限時間フレームパターンの推定ステップとは、
前記第3基地局群でそれぞれ推定した前記制限時間フレームパターンの情報を集計して、前記制限時間フレームパターンを決定することである付記31に記載の制限時間フレームパターンの推定方法。 (Supplementary Note 35) There is a third base station group that manages a third communication area group that includes the first communication area that is at least partially included in the second communication area.
Further comprising the step of acquiring information on the limited time frame pattern estimated using a quality indicator including a signal of the second communication area measured in the third base station group,
The step of estimating the time limit frame pattern is
32. The time limit frame pattern estimation method according to supplementary note 31, wherein the time limit frame pattern information determined by the third base station group is aggregated to determine the time limit frame pattern.
(付記36) 所定期間の時間フレームにおいて設定される前記制限時間フレームパターンの候補リストを取得する制限時間フレームパターンの候補リスト取得ステップを更に備え、
前記制限時間フレームパターンの推定ステップとは、
前記第1基地局の測定結果から推定した前記制限時間フレームパターンに基づいて、前記候補リストから前記制限時間フレームパターンを選択するステップであることを特徴とする付記31に記載の制限時間フレームパターンの推定方法。 (Supplementary Note 36) The method further comprises a time limit frame pattern candidate list acquisition step of acquiring the time limit frame pattern candidate list set in a time frame of a predetermined period,
The step of estimating the time limit frame pattern is
32. The time limit frame pattern according to appendix 31, wherein the time limit frame pattern is selected from the candidate list based on the time limit frame pattern estimated from the measurement result of the first base station. Estimation method.
前記制限時間フレームパターンの推定ステップとは、
前記第1基地局の測定結果から推定した前記制限時間フレームパターンに基づいて、前記候補リストから前記制限時間フレームパターンを選択するステップであることを特徴とする付記31に記載の制限時間フレームパターンの推定方法。 (Supplementary Note 36) The method further comprises a time limit frame pattern candidate list acquisition step of acquiring the time limit frame pattern candidate list set in a time frame of a predetermined period,
The step of estimating the time limit frame pattern is
32. The time limit frame pattern according to appendix 31, wherein the time limit frame pattern is selected from the candidate list based on the time limit frame pattern estimated from the measurement result of the first base station. Estimation method.
(付記37)
前記第1通信エリアにおけるユーザデータの送信誤り率(BLER:Block Error Rate)を測定する送信誤り率測定ステップを更に有し、
前記送信誤り率の測定値と送信誤り率の目標値との差が送信誤り率閾値以上となる場合に前記品質指標の測定を開始すること、
を特徴とする付記31に記載の制限時間フレームパターンの推定方法。 (Appendix 37)
A transmission error rate measuring step of measuring a user data transmission error rate (BLER: Block Error Rate) in the first communication area;
Starting the measurement of the quality index when the difference between the measurement value of the transmission error rate and the target value of the transmission error rate is equal to or greater than a transmission error rate threshold;
32. The time limit frame pattern estimation method according to supplementary note 31, characterized by:
前記第1通信エリアにおけるユーザデータの送信誤り率(BLER:Block Error Rate)を測定する送信誤り率測定ステップを更に有し、
前記送信誤り率の測定値と送信誤り率の目標値との差が送信誤り率閾値以上となる場合に前記品質指標の測定を開始すること、
を特徴とする付記31に記載の制限時間フレームパターンの推定方法。 (Appendix 37)
A transmission error rate measuring step of measuring a user data transmission error rate (BLER: Block Error Rate) in the first communication area;
Starting the measurement of the quality index when the difference between the measurement value of the transmission error rate and the target value of the transmission error rate is equal to or greater than a transmission error rate threshold;
32. The time limit frame pattern estimation method according to supplementary note 31, characterized by:
(付記38) 前記第1通信エリアのデータチャネルのSINR(Signal To Interference and Noise Ratio)を計算するSINR計算ステップと、
前記第1通信エリアのジオメトリを計算するジオメトリ計算ステップを更に有し、
前記SINRと前記ジオメトリとの差がSINR閾値以上の場合に前記品質指標の測定を開始すること、
を特徴とする付記31に記載の制限時間フレームパターンの推定方法。 (Supplementary Note 38) An SINR calculation step of calculating an SINR (Signal To Interference and Noise Ratio) of a data channel in the first communication area;
A geometry calculation step of calculating the geometry of the first communication area;
Starting the measurement of the quality indicator when the difference between the SINR and the geometry is greater than or equal to a SINR threshold;
32. The time limit frame pattern estimation method according to supplementary note 31, characterized by:
前記第1通信エリアのジオメトリを計算するジオメトリ計算ステップを更に有し、
前記SINRと前記ジオメトリとの差がSINR閾値以上の場合に前記品質指標の測定を開始すること、
を特徴とする付記31に記載の制限時間フレームパターンの推定方法。 (Supplementary Note 38) An SINR calculation step of calculating an SINR (Signal To Interference and Noise Ratio) of a data channel in the first communication area;
A geometry calculation step of calculating the geometry of the first communication area;
Starting the measurement of the quality indicator when the difference between the SINR and the geometry is greater than or equal to a SINR threshold;
32. The time limit frame pattern estimation method according to supplementary note 31, characterized by:
(付記39) 前記品質指標の測定を開始してから所定周期毎に前記第2通信エリアの無線通信が制限された制限時間フレームパターンを推定し、
推定結果が複数回同じであった場合に前記品質指標の測定を終了すること、
を特徴とする付記31に記載の制限時間フレームパターンの推定方法。 (Supplementary Note 39) Estimating a limited time frame pattern in which wireless communication in the second communication area is limited every predetermined period after the measurement of the quality index is started,
Ending the measurement of the quality indicator when the estimation results are the same multiple times,
32. The time limit frame pattern estimation method according to supplementary note 31, characterized by:
推定結果が複数回同じであった場合に前記品質指標の測定を終了すること、
を特徴とする付記31に記載の制限時間フレームパターンの推定方法。 (Supplementary Note 39) Estimating a limited time frame pattern in which wireless communication in the second communication area is limited every predetermined period after the measurement of the quality index is started,
Ending the measurement of the quality indicator when the estimation results are the same multiple times,
32. The time limit frame pattern estimation method according to supplementary note 31, characterized by:
(付記40) 第1基地局(スモールセル基地局)が第1通信エリア(スモールセル)を管理し、第2基地局(マクロセル基地局)が前記第1通信エリアの少なくとも一部を包括する第2通信エリア(マクロセル)を管理し、かつ、前記第2通信エリア内において端末との無線通信が制限された制限時間フレームを推定するための制限時間フレームパターンの推定装置であって、
前記第1基地局において、前記第2通信エリアの信号を含む品質指標を測定し、前記品質指標に関する全時間フレームの平均品質指標と所定周期における各時間フレームの平均品質指標とを計算する品質指標計算部と、
前記全時間フレームの平均品質指標と前記各時間フレームの平均品質指標を用いて、前記制限時間フレームと前記制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームの組み合わせを推定する制限時間フレームパターンの推定部と、
を有することを特徴とする制限時間フレームパターンの推定装置。 (Supplementary Note 40) A first base station (small cell base station) manages a first communication area (small cell), and a second base station (macro cell base station) includes at least a part of the first communication area. A time limit frame pattern estimation device for managing two communication areas (macro cells) and estimating a time limit frame in which wireless communication with a terminal is limited in the second communication area,
A quality index for measuring a quality index including a signal of the second communication area in the first base station and calculating an average quality index for all time frames related to the quality index and an average quality index for each time frame in a predetermined period. A calculation unit;
A time limit frame pattern estimator that estimates a combination of the time frame other than the time limit frame and the time limit frame using an average quality index of the all time frames and an average quality index of each time frame;
An apparatus for estimating a time-limited frame pattern, comprising:
前記第1基地局において、前記第2通信エリアの信号を含む品質指標を測定し、前記品質指標に関する全時間フレームの平均品質指標と所定周期における各時間フレームの平均品質指標とを計算する品質指標計算部と、
前記全時間フレームの平均品質指標と前記各時間フレームの平均品質指標を用いて、前記制限時間フレームと前記制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームの組み合わせを推定する制限時間フレームパターンの推定部と、
を有することを特徴とする制限時間フレームパターンの推定装置。 (Supplementary Note 40) A first base station (small cell base station) manages a first communication area (small cell), and a second base station (macro cell base station) includes at least a part of the first communication area. A time limit frame pattern estimation device for managing two communication areas (macro cells) and estimating a time limit frame in which wireless communication with a terminal is limited in the second communication area,
A quality index for measuring a quality index including a signal of the second communication area in the first base station and calculating an average quality index for all time frames related to the quality index and an average quality index for each time frame in a predetermined period. A calculation unit;
A time limit frame pattern estimator that estimates a combination of the time frame other than the time limit frame and the time limit frame using an average quality index of the all time frames and an average quality index of each time frame;
An apparatus for estimating a time-limited frame pattern, comprising:
(付記41) 前記推定した制限時間フレームパターンに基づいて、前記第1通信エリアの端末に対して、通信路品質情報(CQI:Channel Quality Indicator)を前記制限時間フレームと前記制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームとで区別して報告するよう指示する通信路品質情報の報告指示部と、
を更に有することを特徴とする付記40に記載の制限時間フレームパターンの推定装置。 (Supplementary Note 41) Based on the estimated time limit frame pattern, channel quality information (CQI: Channel Quality Indicator) is transmitted to the terminals in the first communication area for a time other than the time limit frame and the time limit frame. A report instruction unit for channel quality information for instructing to report separately from a frame;
42. The time limit frame pattern estimation apparatus according toappendix 40, further comprising:
を更に有することを特徴とする付記40に記載の制限時間フレームパターンの推定装置。 (Supplementary Note 41) Based on the estimated time limit frame pattern, channel quality information (CQI: Channel Quality Indicator) is transmitted to the terminals in the first communication area for a time other than the time limit frame and the time limit frame. A report instruction unit for channel quality information for instructing to report separately from a frame;
42. The time limit frame pattern estimation apparatus according to
(付記42) 前記品質指標は前記第2通信エリアのRSRQ(Reference Signal Received Quality)であり、
前記制限時間フレームパターンの推定部とは、
前記各時間フレームの平均品質指標が前記全時間フレームの平均品質指標の所定値以上となる時間フレームを前記制限時間フレームと推定することである付記40に記載の制限時間フレームパターンの推定装置。 (Additional remark 42) The said quality parameter | index is RSRQ (Reference Signal Received Quality) of the said 2nd communication area,
The time limit frame pattern estimation unit is:
41. The time limit frame pattern estimation apparatus according toappendix 40, wherein a time frame in which an average quality index of each time frame is equal to or greater than a predetermined value of an average quality index of all time frames is estimated as the time limit frame.
前記制限時間フレームパターンの推定部とは、
前記各時間フレームの平均品質指標が前記全時間フレームの平均品質指標の所定値以上となる時間フレームを前記制限時間フレームと推定することである付記40に記載の制限時間フレームパターンの推定装置。 (Additional remark 42) The said quality parameter | index is RSRQ (Reference Signal Received Quality) of the said 2nd communication area,
The time limit frame pattern estimation unit is:
41. The time limit frame pattern estimation apparatus according to
(付記43) 前記品質指標はRSSI(Received Signal Strength Indicator)であり、
前記制限時間フレームパターンの推定部とは、
前記各時間フレームの平均品質指標が前記全時間フレームの平均品質指標の所定値以下となる時間フレームを前記制限時間フレームと推定することである付記40に記載の制限時間フレームパターンの推定装置。 (Supplementary Note 43) The quality indicator is RSSI (Received Signal Strength Indicator),
The time limit frame pattern estimation unit is:
41. The time limit frame pattern estimation apparatus according toappendix 40, wherein a time frame in which an average quality index of each time frame is equal to or less than a predetermined value of an average quality index of all time frames is estimated as the time limit frame.
前記制限時間フレームパターンの推定部とは、
前記各時間フレームの平均品質指標が前記全時間フレームの平均品質指標の所定値以下となる時間フレームを前記制限時間フレームと推定することである付記40に記載の制限時間フレームパターンの推定装置。 (Supplementary Note 43) The quality indicator is RSSI (Received Signal Strength Indicator),
The time limit frame pattern estimation unit is:
41. The time limit frame pattern estimation apparatus according to
(付記44) 前記第2通信エリアに少なくとも一部を包括される前記第1通信エリアを含む第3通信エリア群をそれぞれ管理する第3基地局群が存在し、
前記第3基地局群においてそれぞれ測定された第2通信エリアの信号を含む品質指標を用いて推定した前記制限時間フレームパターンの情報を取得する制限時間フレームパターン情報取得部を更に備え、
前記制限時間フレームパターンの推定部とは、
前記第3基地局群でそれぞれ推定した前記制限時間フレームパターンの情報を集計して、前記制限時間フレームパターンを決定することである付記40に記載の制限時間フレームパターンの推定装置。 (Supplementary Note 44) There is a third base station group that manages a third communication area group that includes the first communication area that is at least partially included in the second communication area.
A time-limit frame pattern information acquisition unit for acquiring information on the time-limit frame pattern estimated using a quality index including a signal of the second communication area measured in the third base station group;
The time limit frame pattern estimation unit is:
41. The time limit frame pattern estimation apparatus according toappendix 40, wherein the time limit frame pattern information estimated by the third base station group is aggregated to determine the time limit frame pattern.
前記第3基地局群においてそれぞれ測定された第2通信エリアの信号を含む品質指標を用いて推定した前記制限時間フレームパターンの情報を取得する制限時間フレームパターン情報取得部を更に備え、
前記制限時間フレームパターンの推定部とは、
前記第3基地局群でそれぞれ推定した前記制限時間フレームパターンの情報を集計して、前記制限時間フレームパターンを決定することである付記40に記載の制限時間フレームパターンの推定装置。 (Supplementary Note 44) There is a third base station group that manages a third communication area group that includes the first communication area that is at least partially included in the second communication area.
A time-limit frame pattern information acquisition unit for acquiring information on the time-limit frame pattern estimated using a quality index including a signal of the second communication area measured in the third base station group;
The time limit frame pattern estimation unit is:
41. The time limit frame pattern estimation apparatus according to
(付記45) 所定期間の時間フレームにおいて設定される前記制限時間フレームパターンの候補リストを取得する制限時間フレームパターンの候補リスト取得部を更に備え、
前記制限時間フレームパターンの推定部とは、
前記第1基地局の測定結果から推定した前記制限時間フレームパターンに基づいて、前記候補リストから前記制限時間フレームパターンを選択する制限時間フレームパターン選択部であることを特徴とする付記40に記載の制限時間フレームパターンの推定装置。 (Supplementary Note 45) A time limit frame pattern candidate list acquiring unit that acquires the time limit frame pattern candidate list set in a time frame of a predetermined period,
The time limit frame pattern estimation unit is:
41. The time limit frame pattern selection unit that selects the time limit frame pattern from the candidate list based on the time limit frame pattern estimated from the measurement result of the first base station. Time limit frame pattern estimation device.
前記制限時間フレームパターンの推定部とは、
前記第1基地局の測定結果から推定した前記制限時間フレームパターンに基づいて、前記候補リストから前記制限時間フレームパターンを選択する制限時間フレームパターン選択部であることを特徴とする付記40に記載の制限時間フレームパターンの推定装置。 (Supplementary Note 45) A time limit frame pattern candidate list acquiring unit that acquires the time limit frame pattern candidate list set in a time frame of a predetermined period,
The time limit frame pattern estimation unit is:
41. The time limit frame pattern selection unit that selects the time limit frame pattern from the candidate list based on the time limit frame pattern estimated from the measurement result of the first base station. Time limit frame pattern estimation device.
(付記46) 前記第1通信エリアにおけるユーザデータの送信誤り率(BLER:Block Error Rate)を測定する送信誤り率測定部を更に有し、
前記送信誤り率の測定値と送信誤り率の目標値との差が送信誤り率閾値以上となる場合に前記品質指標の測定を開始すること、
を特徴とする付記40に記載の制限時間フレームパターンの推定装置。 (Additional remark 46) It further has the transmission error rate measurement part which measures the transmission error rate (BLER: Block Error Rate) of the user data in the said 1st communication area,
Starting the measurement of the quality index when the difference between the measurement value of the transmission error rate and the target value of the transmission error rate is equal to or greater than a transmission error rate threshold;
41. The time limit frame pattern estimation apparatus according toappendix 40, characterized by:
前記送信誤り率の測定値と送信誤り率の目標値との差が送信誤り率閾値以上となる場合に前記品質指標の測定を開始すること、
を特徴とする付記40に記載の制限時間フレームパターンの推定装置。 (Additional remark 46) It further has the transmission error rate measurement part which measures the transmission error rate (BLER: Block Error Rate) of the user data in the said 1st communication area,
Starting the measurement of the quality index when the difference between the measurement value of the transmission error rate and the target value of the transmission error rate is equal to or greater than a transmission error rate threshold;
41. The time limit frame pattern estimation apparatus according to
(付記47) 前記第1通信エリアのデータチャネルのSINR(Signal To Interference and Noise Ratio)を計算するSINR計算部と、
前記第1通信エリアのジオメトリを計算するジオメトリ計算部を更に有し、
前記SINRと前記ジオメトリとの差がSINR閾値以上の場合に前記品質指標の測定を開始すること、
を特徴とする付記40に記載の制限時間フレームパターンの推定装置。 (Supplementary Note 47) An SINR calculation unit that calculates SINR (Signal To Interference and Noise Ratio) of a data channel in the first communication area;
A geometry calculation unit for calculating the geometry of the first communication area;
Starting the measurement of the quality indicator when the difference between the SINR and the geometry is greater than or equal to a SINR threshold;
41. The time limit frame pattern estimation apparatus according toappendix 40, characterized by:
前記第1通信エリアのジオメトリを計算するジオメトリ計算部を更に有し、
前記SINRと前記ジオメトリとの差がSINR閾値以上の場合に前記品質指標の測定を開始すること、
を特徴とする付記40に記載の制限時間フレームパターンの推定装置。 (Supplementary Note 47) An SINR calculation unit that calculates SINR (Signal To Interference and Noise Ratio) of a data channel in the first communication area;
A geometry calculation unit for calculating the geometry of the first communication area;
Starting the measurement of the quality indicator when the difference between the SINR and the geometry is greater than or equal to a SINR threshold;
41. The time limit frame pattern estimation apparatus according to
(付記48) 前記品質指標の測定を開始してから所定周期毎に前記第2通信エリアの無線通信が制限された制限時間フレームパターンを推定し、
推定結果が複数回同じであった場合に前記品質指標の測定を終了すること、
を特徴とする付記40に記載の制限時間フレームパターンの推定装置。 (Supplementary Note 48) Estimating a limited time frame pattern in which wireless communication in the second communication area is limited every predetermined period after the measurement of the quality index is started,
Ending the measurement of the quality indicator when the estimation results are the same multiple times,
41. The time limit frame pattern estimation apparatus according toappendix 40, characterized by:
推定結果が複数回同じであった場合に前記品質指標の測定を終了すること、
を特徴とする付記40に記載の制限時間フレームパターンの推定装置。 (Supplementary Note 48) Estimating a limited time frame pattern in which wireless communication in the second communication area is limited every predetermined period after the measurement of the quality index is started,
Ending the measurement of the quality indicator when the estimation results are the same multiple times,
41. The time limit frame pattern estimation apparatus according to
(付記49) 第1基地局(スモールセル基地局)が第1通信エリア(スモールセル)を管理し、第2基地局(マクロセル基地局)が前記第1通信エリアの少なくとも一部を包括する第2通信エリア(マクロセル)を管理し、かつ、前記第2通信エリア内において端末との無線通信が制限された制限時間フレームを推定するための前記第1の基地局であって、
前記第1基地局において、前記第2通信エリアの信号を含む品質指標を測定し、前記品質指標に関する全時間フレームの平均品質指標と所定周期における各時間フレームの平均品質指標とを計算する品質指標計算部と、
前記全時間フレームの平均品質指標と前記各時間フレームの平均品質指標を用いて、前記制限時間フレームと前記制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームの組み合わせを推定する制限時間フレームパターンの推定部と、
を有し、
前記第2通信エリアに少なくとも一部を包括される前記第1通信エリアを含む第3通信エリア群をそれぞれ管理する第3基地局群が存在し、
前記第3基地局群においてそれぞれ測定された第2通信エリアの信号を含む品質指標を用いて推定した前記制限時間フレームパターンの情報を取得する制限時間フレームパターン情報取得部を更に備え、
前記制限時間フレームパターンの推定部とは、
前記第3基地局群でそれぞれ推定した前記制限時間フレームパターンの情報を集計して、前記制限時間フレームパターンを決定することを特徴とする第1の基地局。 (Supplementary Note 49) The first base station (small cell base station) manages the first communication area (small cell), and the second base station (macro cell base station) includes at least a part of the first communication area. The first base station for managing two communication areas (macrocells) and estimating a time limit frame in which wireless communication with a terminal is restricted in the second communication area,
A quality index for measuring a quality index including a signal of the second communication area in the first base station and calculating an average quality index for all time frames related to the quality index and an average quality index for each time frame in a predetermined period. A calculation unit;
A time limit frame pattern estimator that estimates a combination of the time frame other than the time limit frame and the time limit frame using an average quality index of the all time frames and an average quality index of each time frame;
Have
There is a third base station group for managing a third communication area group including the first communication area, at least a part of which is included in the second communication area,
A time-limit frame pattern information acquisition unit for acquiring information on the time-limit frame pattern estimated using a quality index including a signal of the second communication area measured in the third base station group;
The time limit frame pattern estimation unit is:
The first base station characterized in that the time limit frame pattern is determined by aggregating information on the time limit frame patterns estimated by the third base station group.
前記第1基地局において、前記第2通信エリアの信号を含む品質指標を測定し、前記品質指標に関する全時間フレームの平均品質指標と所定周期における各時間フレームの平均品質指標とを計算する品質指標計算部と、
前記全時間フレームの平均品質指標と前記各時間フレームの平均品質指標を用いて、前記制限時間フレームと前記制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームの組み合わせを推定する制限時間フレームパターンの推定部と、
を有し、
前記第2通信エリアに少なくとも一部を包括される前記第1通信エリアを含む第3通信エリア群をそれぞれ管理する第3基地局群が存在し、
前記第3基地局群においてそれぞれ測定された第2通信エリアの信号を含む品質指標を用いて推定した前記制限時間フレームパターンの情報を取得する制限時間フレームパターン情報取得部を更に備え、
前記制限時間フレームパターンの推定部とは、
前記第3基地局群でそれぞれ推定した前記制限時間フレームパターンの情報を集計して、前記制限時間フレームパターンを決定することを特徴とする第1の基地局。 (Supplementary Note 49) The first base station (small cell base station) manages the first communication area (small cell), and the second base station (macro cell base station) includes at least a part of the first communication area. The first base station for managing two communication areas (macrocells) and estimating a time limit frame in which wireless communication with a terminal is restricted in the second communication area,
A quality index for measuring a quality index including a signal of the second communication area in the first base station and calculating an average quality index for all time frames related to the quality index and an average quality index for each time frame in a predetermined period. A calculation unit;
A time limit frame pattern estimator that estimates a combination of the time frame other than the time limit frame and the time limit frame using an average quality index of the all time frames and an average quality index of each time frame;
Have
There is a third base station group for managing a third communication area group including the first communication area, at least a part of which is included in the second communication area,
A time-limit frame pattern information acquisition unit for acquiring information on the time-limit frame pattern estimated using a quality index including a signal of the second communication area measured in the third base station group;
The time limit frame pattern estimation unit is:
The first base station characterized in that the time limit frame pattern is determined by aggregating information on the time limit frame patterns estimated by the third base station group.
(付記50) 第1基地局(スモールセル基地局)が第1通信エリア(スモールセル)を管理し、第2基地局(マクロセル基地局)が前記第1通信エリアの少なくとも一部を包括する第2通信エリア(マクロセル)を管理し、かつ、前記第2通信エリア内において端末との無線通信が制限された制限時間フレームを推定するためのマスタノードであって、
前記第1基地局において、前記第2通信エリアの信号を含む品質指標を測定し、前記品質指標に関する全時間フレームの平均品質指標と所定周期における各時間フレームの平均品質指標とを計算し、
前記全時間フレームの平均品質指標と前記各時間フレームの平均品質指標を用いて、前記制限時間フレームと前記制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームの組み合わせを推定する制限時間フレームパターンの推定部と、
を有し、
前記第2通信エリアに少なくとも一部を包括される前記第1通信エリアを含む第3通信エリア群をそれぞれ管理する第3基地局群が存在し、
前記第3基地局群においてそれぞれ測定された第2通信エリアの信号を含む品質指標を用いて推定した前記制限時間フレームパターンの情報を取得する制限時間フレームパターン情報取得部を更に備え、
前記制限時間フレームパターンの推定部とは、
前記第3基地局群でそれぞれ推定した前記制限時間フレームパターンの情報を集計して、前記制限時間フレームパターンを決定することを特徴とするマスタノード。 (Supplementary Note 50) A first base station (small cell base station) manages a first communication area (small cell), and a second base station (macro cell base station) includes at least a part of the first communication area. 2 is a master node for managing a communication area (macro cell) and estimating a time limit frame in which wireless communication with a terminal is limited in the second communication area,
In the first base station, measure a quality index including a signal of the second communication area, calculate an average quality index of all time frames related to the quality index and an average quality index of each time frame in a predetermined period,
A time limit frame pattern estimator that estimates a combination of the time frame other than the time limit frame and the time limit frame using an average quality index of the all time frames and an average quality index of each time frame;
Have
There is a third base station group for managing a third communication area group including the first communication area, at least a part of which is included in the second communication area,
A time-limit frame pattern information acquisition unit for acquiring information on the time-limit frame pattern estimated using a quality index including a signal of the second communication area measured in the third base station group;
The time limit frame pattern estimation unit is:
A master node characterized in that the time limit frame pattern is determined by aggregating information on the time limit frame pattern estimated by the third base station group.
前記第1基地局において、前記第2通信エリアの信号を含む品質指標を測定し、前記品質指標に関する全時間フレームの平均品質指標と所定周期における各時間フレームの平均品質指標とを計算し、
前記全時間フレームの平均品質指標と前記各時間フレームの平均品質指標を用いて、前記制限時間フレームと前記制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームの組み合わせを推定する制限時間フレームパターンの推定部と、
を有し、
前記第2通信エリアに少なくとも一部を包括される前記第1通信エリアを含む第3通信エリア群をそれぞれ管理する第3基地局群が存在し、
前記第3基地局群においてそれぞれ測定された第2通信エリアの信号を含む品質指標を用いて推定した前記制限時間フレームパターンの情報を取得する制限時間フレームパターン情報取得部を更に備え、
前記制限時間フレームパターンの推定部とは、
前記第3基地局群でそれぞれ推定した前記制限時間フレームパターンの情報を集計して、前記制限時間フレームパターンを決定することを特徴とするマスタノード。 (Supplementary Note 50) A first base station (small cell base station) manages a first communication area (small cell), and a second base station (macro cell base station) includes at least a part of the first communication area. 2 is a master node for managing a communication area (macro cell) and estimating a time limit frame in which wireless communication with a terminal is limited in the second communication area,
In the first base station, measure a quality index including a signal of the second communication area, calculate an average quality index of all time frames related to the quality index and an average quality index of each time frame in a predetermined period,
A time limit frame pattern estimator that estimates a combination of the time frame other than the time limit frame and the time limit frame using an average quality index of the all time frames and an average quality index of each time frame;
Have
There is a third base station group for managing a third communication area group including the first communication area, at least a part of which is included in the second communication area,
A time-limit frame pattern information acquisition unit for acquiring information on the time-limit frame pattern estimated using a quality index including a signal of the second communication area measured in the third base station group;
The time limit frame pattern estimation unit is:
A master node characterized in that the time limit frame pattern is determined by aggregating information on the time limit frame pattern estimated by the third base station group.
(付記51) 前記マスタノードは前記第1の基地局の何れかであることを特徴とする付記50に記載のマスタノード。
(Supplementary Note 51) The master node according to Supplementary Note 50, wherein the master node is any one of the first base stations.
(付記52) 前記マスタノードはOAMサーバであることを特徴とする付記50に記載のマスタノード。
(Supplementary Note 52) The master node according to Supplementary Note 50, wherein the master node is an OAM server.
(付記53) 第1基地局(スモールセル基地局)が第1通信エリア(スモールセル)を管理し、第2基地局(マクロセル基地局)が前記第1通信エリアの少なくとも一部を包括する第2通信エリア(マクロセル)を管理し、かつ、前記第2通信エリア内において端末との無線通信が制限された制限時間フレームを推定するOAMサーバであって、
前記第1基地局において、前記第2通信エリアの信号を含む品質指標を測定し、前記品質指標に関する全時間フレームの平均品質指標と所定周期における各時間フレームの平均品質指標とを計算し、
前記全時間フレームの平均品質指標と前記各時間フレームの平均品質指標を用いて、前記制限時間フレームと前記制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームの組み合わせを推定する制限時間フレームパターンの推定部と、
を有し、
所定期間の時間フレームにおいて設定される前記制限時間フレームパターンの候補リストを取得する制限時間フレームパターンの候補リスト取得部を更に備え、
前記制限時間フレームパターンの推定部とは、
前記第1基地局の測定結果から推定した前記制限時間フレームパターンに基づいて、前記候補リストから前記制限時間フレームパターンを選択する制限時間フレームパターン選択部であることを特徴とするOAMサーバ。 (Supplementary Note 53) A first base station (small cell base station) manages a first communication area (small cell), and a second base station (macro cell base station) includes at least a part of the first communication area. An OAM server that manages two communication areas (macro cells) and estimates a time limit frame in which wireless communication with a terminal is restricted in the second communication area,
In the first base station, measure a quality index including a signal of the second communication area, calculate an average quality index of all time frames related to the quality index and an average quality index of each time frame in a predetermined period,
A time limit frame pattern estimator that estimates a combination of the time frame other than the time limit frame and the time limit frame using an average quality index of the all time frames and an average quality index of each time frame;
Have
A time limit frame pattern candidate list acquisition unit for acquiring a time limit frame pattern candidate list set in a time frame of a predetermined period;
The time limit frame pattern estimation unit is:
An OAM server, comprising: a time limit frame pattern selection unit that selects the time limit frame pattern from the candidate list based on the time limit frame pattern estimated from the measurement result of the first base station.
前記第1基地局において、前記第2通信エリアの信号を含む品質指標を測定し、前記品質指標に関する全時間フレームの平均品質指標と所定周期における各時間フレームの平均品質指標とを計算し、
前記全時間フレームの平均品質指標と前記各時間フレームの平均品質指標を用いて、前記制限時間フレームと前記制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームの組み合わせを推定する制限時間フレームパターンの推定部と、
を有し、
所定期間の時間フレームにおいて設定される前記制限時間フレームパターンの候補リストを取得する制限時間フレームパターンの候補リスト取得部を更に備え、
前記制限時間フレームパターンの推定部とは、
前記第1基地局の測定結果から推定した前記制限時間フレームパターンに基づいて、前記候補リストから前記制限時間フレームパターンを選択する制限時間フレームパターン選択部であることを特徴とするOAMサーバ。 (Supplementary Note 53) A first base station (small cell base station) manages a first communication area (small cell), and a second base station (macro cell base station) includes at least a part of the first communication area. An OAM server that manages two communication areas (macro cells) and estimates a time limit frame in which wireless communication with a terminal is restricted in the second communication area,
In the first base station, measure a quality index including a signal of the second communication area, calculate an average quality index of all time frames related to the quality index and an average quality index of each time frame in a predetermined period,
A time limit frame pattern estimator that estimates a combination of the time frame other than the time limit frame and the time limit frame using an average quality index of the all time frames and an average quality index of each time frame;
Have
A time limit frame pattern candidate list acquisition unit for acquiring a time limit frame pattern candidate list set in a time frame of a predetermined period;
The time limit frame pattern estimation unit is:
An OAM server, comprising: a time limit frame pattern selection unit that selects the time limit frame pattern from the candidate list based on the time limit frame pattern estimated from the measurement result of the first base station.
(付記54) 第1基地局(スモールセル基地局)が第1通信エリア(スモールセル)を管理し、第2基地局(マクロセル基地局)が前記第1通信エリアの少なくとも一部を包括する第2通信エリア(マクロセル)を管理し、かつ、前記第2通信エリア内において端末との無線通信が制限された制限時間フレームを推定する前記第2の基地局であって、
前記第1基地局において、前記第2通信エリアの信号を含む品質指標を測定し、前記品質指標に関する全時間フレームの平均品質指標と所定周期における各時間フレームの平均品質指標とを計算し、
前記全時間フレームの平均品質指標と前記各時間フレームの平均品質指標を用いて、前記制限時間フレームと前記制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームの組み合わせを推定する制限時間フレームパターンの推定部と、
を有し、
所定期間の時間フレームにおいて設定される前記制限時間フレームパターンの候補リストを取得する制限時間フレームパターンの候補リスト取得部を更に備え、
前記制限時間フレームパターンの推定部とは、
前記第1基地局の測定結果から推定した前記制限時間フレームパターンに基づいて、前記候補リストから前記制限時間フレームパターンを選択する制限時間フレームパターン選択部であることを特徴とする第2の基地局。 (Supplementary Note 54) A first base station (small cell base station) manages a first communication area (small cell), and a second base station (macro cell base station) includes at least a part of the first communication area. Two second base stations that manage two communication areas (macro cells) and estimate a time limit frame in which wireless communication with a terminal is restricted in the second communication area,
In the first base station, measure a quality index including a signal of the second communication area, calculate an average quality index of all time frames related to the quality index and an average quality index of each time frame in a predetermined period,
A time limit frame pattern estimator that estimates a combination of the time frame other than the time limit frame and the time limit frame using an average quality index of the all time frames and an average quality index of each time frame;
Have
A time limit frame pattern candidate list acquisition unit for acquiring a time limit frame pattern candidate list set in a time frame of a predetermined period;
The time limit frame pattern estimation unit is:
A second base station, wherein the second base station is a time limit frame pattern selection unit that selects the time limit frame pattern from the candidate list based on the time limit frame pattern estimated from the measurement result of the first base station. .
前記第1基地局において、前記第2通信エリアの信号を含む品質指標を測定し、前記品質指標に関する全時間フレームの平均品質指標と所定周期における各時間フレームの平均品質指標とを計算し、
前記全時間フレームの平均品質指標と前記各時間フレームの平均品質指標を用いて、前記制限時間フレームと前記制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームの組み合わせを推定する制限時間フレームパターンの推定部と、
を有し、
所定期間の時間フレームにおいて設定される前記制限時間フレームパターンの候補リストを取得する制限時間フレームパターンの候補リスト取得部を更に備え、
前記制限時間フレームパターンの推定部とは、
前記第1基地局の測定結果から推定した前記制限時間フレームパターンに基づいて、前記候補リストから前記制限時間フレームパターンを選択する制限時間フレームパターン選択部であることを特徴とする第2の基地局。 (Supplementary Note 54) A first base station (small cell base station) manages a first communication area (small cell), and a second base station (macro cell base station) includes at least a part of the first communication area. Two second base stations that manage two communication areas (macro cells) and estimate a time limit frame in which wireless communication with a terminal is restricted in the second communication area,
In the first base station, measure a quality index including a signal of the second communication area, calculate an average quality index of all time frames related to the quality index and an average quality index of each time frame in a predetermined period,
A time limit frame pattern estimator that estimates a combination of the time frame other than the time limit frame and the time limit frame using an average quality index of the all time frames and an average quality index of each time frame;
Have
A time limit frame pattern candidate list acquisition unit for acquiring a time limit frame pattern candidate list set in a time frame of a predetermined period;
The time limit frame pattern estimation unit is:
A second base station, wherein the second base station is a time limit frame pattern selection unit that selects the time limit frame pattern from the candidate list based on the time limit frame pattern estimated from the measurement result of the first base station. .
(付記55) 第1基地局(スモールセル基地局)が第1通信エリア(スモールセル)を管理し、第2基地局(マクロセル基地局)が前記第1通信エリアの少なくとも一部を包括する第2通信エリア(マクロセル)を管理し、かつ、前記第2通信エリア内において端末との無線通信が制限された制限時間フレームを推定する制限時間フレームパターンの推定システムであって、
前記第1基地局において、前記第2通信エリアの信号を含む品質指標を測定し、前記品質指標に関する全時間フレームの平均品質指標と所定周期における各時間フレームの平均品質指標とを計算する品質指標計算部と、
前記全時間フレームの平均品質指標と前記各時間フレームの平均品質指標を用いて、前記制限時間フレームと前記制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームの組み合わせを推定する制限時間フレームパターンの推定部と、
を有することを特徴とする制限時間フレームパターンの推定システム。 (Supplementary Note 55) A first base station (small cell base station) manages a first communication area (small cell), and a second base station (macro cell base station) includes at least a part of the first communication area. A time limit frame pattern estimation system that manages two communication areas (macro cells) and estimates a time limit frame in which wireless communication with a terminal is limited in the second communication area,
A quality index for measuring a quality index including a signal of the second communication area in the first base station and calculating an average quality index for all time frames related to the quality index and an average quality index for each time frame in a predetermined period. A calculation unit;
A time limit frame pattern estimator that estimates a combination of the time frame other than the time limit frame and the time limit frame using an average quality index of the all time frames and an average quality index of each time frame;
A time-limited frame pattern estimation system comprising:
前記第1基地局において、前記第2通信エリアの信号を含む品質指標を測定し、前記品質指標に関する全時間フレームの平均品質指標と所定周期における各時間フレームの平均品質指標とを計算する品質指標計算部と、
前記全時間フレームの平均品質指標と前記各時間フレームの平均品質指標を用いて、前記制限時間フレームと前記制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームの組み合わせを推定する制限時間フレームパターンの推定部と、
を有することを特徴とする制限時間フレームパターンの推定システム。 (Supplementary Note 55) A first base station (small cell base station) manages a first communication area (small cell), and a second base station (macro cell base station) includes at least a part of the first communication area. A time limit frame pattern estimation system that manages two communication areas (macro cells) and estimates a time limit frame in which wireless communication with a terminal is limited in the second communication area,
A quality index for measuring a quality index including a signal of the second communication area in the first base station and calculating an average quality index for all time frames related to the quality index and an average quality index for each time frame in a predetermined period. A calculation unit;
A time limit frame pattern estimator that estimates a combination of the time frame other than the time limit frame and the time limit frame using an average quality index of the all time frames and an average quality index of each time frame;
A time-limited frame pattern estimation system comprising:
(付記56) 第1基地局(スモールセル基地局)が第1通信エリア(スモールセル)を管理し、第2基地局(マクロセル基地局)が前記第1通信エリアの少なくとも一部を包括する第2通信エリア(マクロセル)を管理し、かつ、前記第2通信エリア内において端末との無線通信が制限された制限時間フレームを推定するための制限時間フレームパターンの推定装置としてコンピュータを機能させるための制限時間フレームパターンの推定プログラムであって、
前記第1基地局において、前記第2通信エリアの信号を含む品質指標を測定し、前記品質指標に関する全時間フレームの平均品質指標と所定周期における各時間フレームの平均品質指標とを計算する品質指標計算部と、
前記全時間フレームの平均品質指標と前記各時間フレームの平均品質指標を用いて、前記制限時間フレームと前記制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームの組み合わせを推定する制限時間フレームパターンの推定部と、
を有することを特徴とする制限時間フレームパターンの推定プログラム。 (Supplementary Note 56) The first base station (small cell base station) manages the first communication area (small cell), and the second base station (macro cell base station) includes at least a part of the first communication area. For managing two communication areas (macrocells) and causing a computer to function as a time limit frame pattern estimation device for estimating a time limit frame in which wireless communication with a terminal is limited in the second communication area A time limit frame pattern estimation program,
A quality index for measuring a quality index including a signal of the second communication area in the first base station and calculating an average quality index for all time frames related to the quality index and an average quality index for each time frame in a predetermined period. A calculation unit;
A time limit frame pattern estimator that estimates a combination of the time frame other than the time limit frame and the time limit frame using an average quality index of the all time frames and an average quality index of each time frame;
A time-limit frame pattern estimation program characterized by comprising:
前記第1基地局において、前記第2通信エリアの信号を含む品質指標を測定し、前記品質指標に関する全時間フレームの平均品質指標と所定周期における各時間フレームの平均品質指標とを計算する品質指標計算部と、
前記全時間フレームの平均品質指標と前記各時間フレームの平均品質指標を用いて、前記制限時間フレームと前記制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームの組み合わせを推定する制限時間フレームパターンの推定部と、
を有することを特徴とする制限時間フレームパターンの推定プログラム。 (Supplementary Note 56) The first base station (small cell base station) manages the first communication area (small cell), and the second base station (macro cell base station) includes at least a part of the first communication area. For managing two communication areas (macrocells) and causing a computer to function as a time limit frame pattern estimation device for estimating a time limit frame in which wireless communication with a terminal is limited in the second communication area A time limit frame pattern estimation program,
A quality index for measuring a quality index including a signal of the second communication area in the first base station and calculating an average quality index for all time frames related to the quality index and an average quality index for each time frame in a predetermined period. A calculation unit;
A time limit frame pattern estimator that estimates a combination of the time frame other than the time limit frame and the time limit frame using an average quality index of the all time frames and an average quality index of each time frame;
A time-limit frame pattern estimation program characterized by comprising:
本発明は、無線通信が制限される周期を推測するという用途に広く好適である。
The present invention is widely suitable for use in estimating a period in which wireless communication is limited.
Claims (30)
- 第1のエリアでの無線通信に対して干渉を与える無線通信が行われる第2のエリアでは、所定のフレームパターンに基づいて無線通信を制限されるフレームである制限時間フレームと制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームとを切り替える、という状況下にて、前記第1のエリアにて少なくとも前記第2のエリアからの信号を測定することにより複数フレームのそれぞれについて品質指標を算出し、前記算出した複数フレームのそれぞれの品質指標に基づいて算出した算出品質指標と、前記複数フレームの何れかであって今回判定対象とするフレームの品質指標とを比較することによって、前記今回判定対象とするフレームが、前記制限時間フレームと、前記制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームとの何れであるかを推定し、該推定を複数のフレームについて行うことにより前記所定のフレームパターンとしてどのようなフレームパターンが使用されているかを推定することを特徴とする制限時間フレームパターン推定装置。 In the second area in which radio communication that interferes with radio communication in the first area is performed, a time frame other than the time limit frame and the time limit frame that are frames for which radio communication is restricted based on a predetermined frame pattern Under the situation of switching between time frames, a quality index is calculated for each of a plurality of frames by measuring a signal from at least the second area in the first area, and the calculated plurality of frames By comparing the calculated quality index calculated based on each quality index with the quality index of the frame that is the current determination target among any of the plurality of frames, the frame that is the current determination target Estimating whether the time frame is a time frame other than the time limit frame, and Time limit frame pattern estimation apparatus and estimates what frame pattern is used as the predetermined frame pattern by performing the frame.
- 前記推定したフレームパターンを前記第1のエリア内の端末に通知すると共に、該通知したフレームパターンに基づいて、前記制限時間フレームと、前記制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームとを区別して通信路品質情報を報告するように前記第1のエリア内の端末に指示することを特徴とする請求項1に記載の制限時間フレームパターン推定装置。 The estimated frame pattern is notified to the terminals in the first area, and based on the notified frame pattern, the limited time frame and a time frame other than the limited time frame are distinguished from each other to determine channel quality information. 2. The time limit frame pattern estimation apparatus according to claim 1, wherein a terminal in the first area is instructed to report
- 前記指示に対する返信として報告された通信路品質情報に基づいて、前記前記第1のエリア内の端末に前記制限時間フレームと、前記制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームとを区別して無線リソースを割り当てることを特徴とする請求項2に記載の制限時間フレームパターン推定装置。 Based on the channel quality information reported as a reply to the instruction, the radio resources are allocated to the terminals in the first area by distinguishing the time limit frame and a time frame other than the time limit frame. The time limit frame pattern estimation apparatus according to claim 2, wherein:
- 前記判定対象とするフレームの品質指標の平均値が、前記複数フレームの品質指標の平均値よりも良好な通信状況を表す値である場合に、前記判定対象とするフレームが前記制限時間フレームであると推定することを特徴とする請求項1乃至3の何れか1項に記載の制限時間フレームパターン推定装置。 When the average value of the quality index of the frame to be determined is a value representing a communication state better than the average value of the quality indexes of the plurality of frames, the frame to be determined is the time limit frame The time-limited frame pattern estimation apparatus according to claim 1, wherein
- 前記品質指標とは前記第1のエリアにて測定したRSRQ(Reference Signal Received Quality)であり、
前記判定対象とするフレームのRSRQの平均値が、前記複数フレームのRSRQの平均値よりも所定値以上となった場合に、前記判定対象とするフレームが前記制限時間フレームであると推定することを特徴とする請求項4に記載の制限時間フレームパターン推定装置。 The quality index is RSRQ (Reference Signal Received Quality) measured in the first area,
Estimating that the frame to be determined is the time limit frame when the average value of RSRQ of the frame to be determined is a predetermined value or more than the average value of RSRQ of the plurality of frames. The time limit frame pattern estimation apparatus according to claim 4, - 前記品質指標とは前記第1のエリアにて測定したRSSI(Received Signal Strength Indicator)であり、
前記判定対象とするフレームのRSSIの平均値が、前記複数フレームのRSSIの平均値よりも所定値以下となった場合に、前記判定対象とするフレームが前記制限時間フレームであると推定することを特徴とする請求項4に記載の制限時間フレームパターン推定装置。 The quality indicator is RSSI (Received Signal Strength Indicator) measured in the first area,
Estimating that the frame to be determined is the time limit frame when the average RSSI value of the frame to be determined is a predetermined value or less than the average value of RSSI of the plurality of frames. The time limit frame pattern estimation apparatus according to claim 4, - 前記第2のエリアでの無線通信によって干渉を受ける第3のエリアが少なくとも一つ以上存在し、
当該制限時間フレームパターン推定装置以外の他の装置が前記第3のエリアにて少なくとも前記第2のエリアからの信号を測定することにより品質指標を算出し、算出した複数フレームの品質指標から算出した算出品質指標と、算出した複数フレームの何れかであって今回判定対象とするフレームの品質指標とを比較することによって前記所定のフレームパターンとしてどのフレームパターンとして使用されているかを推定し、
当該制限時間フレームパターン推定装置は、前記所定のフレームパターンとして使用されていることが前記他の装置により推定されたフレームパターンと、前記所定のフレームパターンとして使用されていることが当該制限時間フレームパターン推定装置により推定されたフレームパターンとの双方に基づいて、前記所定のフレームパターンとしてどのようなフレームパターンが使用されているかを再度推定することを特徴とする請求項1乃至6の何れか1項に記載の制限時間フレームパターン推定装置。 There is at least one third area that is subject to interference by wireless communication in the second area;
A device other than the time limit frame pattern estimation device calculates a quality index by measuring a signal from at least the second area in the third area, and calculates the calculated quality index from a plurality of frames. Estimating which frame pattern is used as the predetermined frame pattern by comparing the calculated quality index and the calculated quality index of any one of the plurality of frames to be determined this time,
The time limit frame pattern estimation device uses the frame pattern estimated by the other device as being used as the predetermined frame pattern, and the time limit frame pattern is used as the predetermined frame pattern. 7. The method according to claim 1, further comprising reestimating what frame pattern is used as the predetermined frame pattern based on both the frame pattern estimated by the estimation device. The time-limited frame pattern estimation apparatus described in 1. - 前記第2のエリアにて使用され得る前記所定のフレームパターンのリストを取得し、当該制限時間フレームパターン装置が前記推定したフレームパターンに基づいて前記リスト内のフレームパターンを選択することにより、前記フレームパターンを再度推定することを特徴とする請求項1乃至6の何れか1項に記載の制限時間フレームパターン推定装置。 Obtaining the list of the predetermined frame patterns that can be used in the second area, and selecting the frame pattern in the list based on the estimated frame pattern by the time limit frame pattern device; The time limit frame pattern estimation apparatus according to claim 1, wherein the pattern is estimated again.
- 前記第1のエリア内において無線通信を行う端末の通信状況を監視し、監視する通信状況が所定の通信状況よりも悪化した場合に、前記第2のエリアからの信号を測定することによる品質指標の算出及び前記フレームパターンの推定を実行することを特徴とする請求項1乃至8の何れか1項に記載の制限時間フレームパターン推定装置。 A quality index obtained by monitoring a communication status of a terminal that performs wireless communication in the first area, and measuring a signal from the second area when the monitored communication status is worse than a predetermined communication status. The time limit frame pattern estimation apparatus according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the calculation of the frame length and the estimation of the frame pattern are executed.
- 前記第2のエリアでの無線通信における通信負荷が所定の基準以上に高くなった場合に、前記第2のエリアからの信号を測定することによる品質指標の算出及び前記フレームパターンの推定を実行することを特徴とする請求項1乃至8の何れか1項に記載の制限時間フレームパターン推定装置。 When a communication load in wireless communication in the second area becomes higher than a predetermined reference, a quality index is calculated and a frame pattern is estimated by measuring a signal from the second area. The time limit frame pattern estimation apparatus according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein:
- 前記第2のエリアからの信号を測定することによる品質指標の算出を開始後、複数回の前記フレームパターンの推定を実行し、複数の推定結果が同じ内容であった場合には前記第2のエリアからの信号を測定することによる品質指標の算出及び前記フレームパターンの推定を終了することを特徴とする請求項1乃至10の何れか1項に記載の制限時間フレームパターン推定装置。 After starting the calculation of the quality index by measuring the signal from the second area, the frame pattern is estimated a plurality of times, and when the plurality of estimation results have the same content, The time limit frame pattern estimation apparatus according to any one of claims 1 to 10, wherein calculation of a quality index by measuring a signal from an area and estimation of the frame pattern are terminated.
- コンピュータが行う制限時間フレームパターン推定方法であって、
第1のエリアでの無線通信に対して干渉を与える無線通信が行われる第2のエリアでは、所定のフレームパターンに基づいて無線通信を制限されるフレームである制限時間フレームと制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームとを切り替える、という状況下にて、前記第1のエリアにて少なくとも前記第2のエリアからの信号を測定することにより複数フレームのそれぞれについて品質指標を算出し、前記算出した複数フレームのそれぞれの品質指標に基づいて算出した算出品質指標と、前記複数フレームの何れかであって今回判定対象とするフレームの品質指標とを比較することによって、前記今回判定対象とするフレームが、前記制限時間フレームと、前記制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームとの何れであるかを推定し、該推定を複数のフレームについて行うことにより前記所定のフレームパターンとしてどのようなフレームパターンが使用されているかを推定することを特徴とする制限時間フレームパターン推定方法。 A time limit frame pattern estimation method performed by a computer,
In the second area in which radio communication that interferes with radio communication in the first area is performed, a time frame other than the time limit frame and the time limit frame that are frames for which radio communication is restricted based on a predetermined frame pattern Under the situation of switching between time frames, a quality index is calculated for each of a plurality of frames by measuring a signal from at least the second area in the first area, and the calculated plurality of frames By comparing the calculated quality index calculated based on each quality index with the quality index of the frame that is the current determination target among any of the plurality of frames, the frame that is the current determination target It is estimated whether it is a time frame or a time frame other than the time limit frame, and the estimation is applied to a plurality of frames. Time limit frame pattern estimation method characterized by estimating what frame pattern is used as the predetermined frame pattern by performing the over-time. - 前記推定したフレームパターンを前記第1のエリア内の端末に通知すると共に、該通知したフレームパターンに基づいて、前記制限時間フレームと、前記制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームとを区別して通信路品質情報を報告するように前記第1のエリア内の端末に指示することを特徴とする請求項12に記載の制限時間フレームパターン推定方法。 The estimated frame pattern is notified to the terminals in the first area, and based on the notified frame pattern, the limited time frame and a time frame other than the limited time frame are distinguished from each other to determine channel quality information. The time limit frame pattern estimation method according to claim 12, wherein the terminal in the first area is instructed to report
- 前記指示に対する返信として報告された通信路品質情報に基づいて、前記前記第1のエリア内の端末に前記制限時間フレームと、前記制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームとを区別して無線リソースを割り当てることを特徴とする請求項13に記載の制限時間フレームパターン推定方法。 Based on the channel quality information reported as a reply to the instruction, the radio resources are allocated to the terminals in the first area by distinguishing the time limit frame and a time frame other than the time limit frame. The time limit frame pattern estimation method according to claim 13, wherein:
- 前記判定対象とするフレームの品質指標の平均値が、前記複数フレームの品質指標の平均値よりも良好な通信状況を表す値である場合に、前記判定対象とするフレームが前記制限時間フレームであると推定することを特徴とする請求項12乃至14の何れか1項に記載の制限時間フレームパターン推定方法。 When the average value of the quality index of the frame to be determined is a value representing a communication state better than the average value of the quality indexes of the plurality of frames, the frame to be determined is the time limit frame The time limit frame pattern estimation method according to any one of claims 12 to 14, characterized by:
- 前記品質指標とは前記第1のエリアにて測定したRSRQ(Reference Signal Received Quality)であり、
前記判定対象とするフレームのRSRQの平均値が、前記複数フレームのRSRQの平均値よりも所定値以上となった場合に、前記判定対象とするフレームが前記制限時間フレームであると推定することを特徴とする請求項15に記載の制限時間フレームパターン推定方法。 The quality index is RSRQ (Reference Signal Received Quality) measured in the first area,
Estimating that the frame to be determined is the time limit frame when the average value of RSRQ of the frame to be determined is a predetermined value or more than the average value of RSRQ of the plurality of frames. The time limit frame pattern estimation method according to claim 15, wherein: - 前記品質指標とは前記第1のエリアにて測定したRSSI(Received Signal Strength Indicator)であり、
前記判定対象とするフレームのRSSIの平均値が、前記複数フレームのRSSIの平均値よりも所定値以下となった場合に、前記判定対象とするフレームが前記制限時間フレームであると推定することを特徴とする請求項15に記載の制限時間フレームパターン推定方法。 The quality indicator is RSSI (Received Signal Strength Indicator) measured in the first area,
Estimating that the frame to be determined is the time limit frame when the average RSSI value of the frame to be determined is a predetermined value or less than the average value of RSSI of the plurality of frames. The time limit frame pattern estimation method according to claim 15, wherein: - 前記第2のエリアでの無線通信によって干渉を受ける第3のエリアが少なくとも一つ以上存在し、
当該制限時間フレームパターン推定方法を行う前記コンピュータ以外の他の装置が前記第3のエリアにて少なくとも前記第2のエリアからの信号を測定することにより品質指標を算出し、算出した複数フレームの品質指標から算出した算出品質指標と、算出した複数フレームの何れかであって今回判定対象とするフレームの品質指標とを比較することによって前記所定のフレームパターンとしてどのフレームパターンとして使用されているかを推定し、
当該制限時間フレームパターン推定方法を行う前記コンピュータは、前記所定のフレームパターンとして使用されていることが前記他の装置により推定されたフレームパターンと、前記所定のフレームパターンとして使用されていることが当該制限時間フレームパターン推定方法を行う前記コンピュータにより推定されたフレームパターンとの双方に基づいて、前記所定のフレームパターンとしてどのようなフレームパターンが使用されているかを再度推定することを特徴とする請求項12乃至17の何れか1項に記載の制限時間フレームパターン推定方法。 There is at least one third area that is subject to interference by wireless communication in the second area;
A device other than the computer that performs the time frame pattern estimation method calculates a quality index by measuring a signal from at least the second area in the third area, and calculates the quality of the calculated plurality of frames Estimating which frame pattern is used as the predetermined frame pattern by comparing the calculated quality index calculated from the index and the calculated quality index of any one of the plurality of frames to be determined this time And
The computer that performs the time frame pattern estimation method is used as the frame pattern estimated by the other apparatus and the predetermined frame pattern as being used as the predetermined frame pattern. The frame pattern estimated by the computer performing the time frame pattern estimation method is estimated again based on what frame pattern is used as the predetermined frame pattern. The time limit frame pattern estimation method according to any one of 12 to 17. - 前記第2のエリアにて使用され得る前記所定のフレームパターンのリストを取得し、当該制限時間フレームパターン方法を行う前記コンピュータが前記推定したフレームパターンに基づいて前記リスト内のフレームパターンを選択することにより、前記フレームパターンを再度推定することを特徴とする請求項12乃至17の何れか1項に記載の制限時間フレームパターン推定方法。 Obtaining a list of the predetermined frame patterns that can be used in the second area, and selecting the frame pattern in the list based on the estimated frame pattern by the computer performing the time-limited frame pattern method; The time frame pattern estimation method according to any one of claims 12 to 17, wherein the frame pattern is estimated again by the following.
- 前記第1のエリア内において無線通信を行う端末の通信状況を監視し、監視する通信状況が所定の通信状況よりも悪化した場合に、前記第2のエリアからの信号を測定することによる品質指標の算出及び前記フレームパターンの推定を実行することを特徴とする請求項12乃至19の何れか1項に記載の制限時間フレームパターン推定方法。 A quality index obtained by monitoring a communication status of a terminal that performs wireless communication in the first area, and measuring a signal from the second area when the monitored communication status is worse than a predetermined communication status. The time limit frame pattern estimation method according to any one of claims 12 to 19, wherein the calculation of the frame length and the estimation of the frame pattern are executed.
- 前記第2のエリアでの無線通信における通信負荷が所定の基準以上に高くなった場合に、前記第2のエリアからの信号を測定することによる品質指標の算出及び前記フレームパターンの推定を実行することを特徴とする請求項12乃至19の何れか1項に記載の制限時間フレームパターン推定方法。 When a communication load in wireless communication in the second area becomes higher than a predetermined reference, a quality index is calculated and a frame pattern is estimated by measuring a signal from the second area. The time limit frame pattern estimation method according to any one of claims 12 to 19, wherein:
- 前記第2のエリアからの信号を測定することによる品質指標の算出を開始後、複数回の前記フレームパターンの推定を実行し、複数の推定結果が同じ内容であった場合には前記第2のエリアからの信号を測定することによる品質指標の算出及び前記フレームパターンの推定を終了することを特徴とする請求項12乃至21の何れか1項に記載の制限時間フレームパターン推定方法。 After starting the calculation of the quality index by measuring the signal from the second area, the frame pattern is estimated a plurality of times, and when the plurality of estimation results have the same content, The time limit frame pattern estimation method according to any one of claims 12 to 21, wherein the calculation of the quality index by measuring a signal from the area and the estimation of the frame pattern are terminated.
- 複数の第1のエリアそれぞれでの無線通信に対して干渉を与える無線通信が行われる第2のエリアでは、所定のフレームパターンに基づいて無線通信を制限されるフレームである制限時間フレームと制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームとを切り替える、という状況下にて、前記複数の第1のエリアの基地局それぞれが少なくとも前記第2のエリアからの信号を測定することにより複数フレームのそれぞれについて品質指標を算出し、前記算出した複数フレームのそれぞれの品質指標に基づいて算出した算出品質指標と、前記複数フレームの何れかであって今回判定対象とするフレームの品質指標とを比較することによって、前記今回判定対象とするフレームが、前記制限時間フレームと、前記制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームとの何れであるかを推定し、該推定を複数のフレームについて行うことにより前記所定のフレームパターンとしてどのようなフレームパターンが使用されているかを推定し、前記各基地局間にて推定したフレームパターンを通知しあい、前記各基地局は該基地局自身が推定したフレームパターンと他の基地局から通知されたフレームパターンとの双方に基づいて前記フレームパターンを再度推定することを特徴とする制限時間フレームパターン推定システム。 In a second area where radio communication that interferes with radio communication in each of the plurality of first areas is performed, a time limit frame and a time limit that are frames in which the radio communication is restricted based on a predetermined frame pattern Under the condition of switching to a time frame other than a frame, each base station in the plurality of first areas calculates a quality index for each of the plurality of frames by measuring at least a signal from the second area. The current determination is performed by comparing the calculated quality index calculated based on the calculated quality index of each of the plurality of frames and the quality index of any one of the plurality of frames that is the current determination target. What is the target frame between the time limit frame and a time frame other than the time limit frame? Is estimated for a plurality of frames to estimate what frame pattern is used as the predetermined frame pattern and notifies the estimated frame pattern between the base stations. However, each base station reestimates the frame pattern based on both the frame pattern estimated by the base station itself and the frame pattern notified from the other base station. system.
- 複数の第1のエリアそれぞれでの無線通信に対して干渉を与える無線通信が行われる第2のエリアでは、所定のフレームパターンに基づいて無線通信を制限されるフレームである制限時間フレームと制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームとを切り替える、という状況下にて、前記第1のエリアにて少なくとも前記第2のエリアからの信号を測定することにより複数フレームのそれぞれについて品質指標を算出し、前記算出した複数フレームのそれぞれの品質指標に基づいて算出した算出品質指標と、前記複数フレームの何れかであって今回判定対象とするフレームの品質指標とを比較することによって、前記今回判定対象とするフレームが、前記制限時間フレームと、前記制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームとの何れであるかを推定し、該推定を複数のフレームについて行うことにより前記所定のフレームパターンとしてどのようなフレームパターンが使用されているかを推定し、前記各基地局にて推定したフレームパターンを当該マスタノードに報告し、
当該マスタノードは、前記各基地局から報告された複数のフレームパターンに基づいて前記フレームパターンを再度推定し、再度推定したフレームパターンを各基地局に通知することを特徴とするマスタノード。 In a second area where radio communication that interferes with radio communication in each of the plurality of first areas is performed, a time limit frame and a time limit that are frames in which the radio communication is restricted based on a predetermined frame pattern Under the situation of switching to a time frame other than a frame, a quality index is calculated for each of a plurality of frames by measuring a signal from at least the second area in the first area, and the calculated By comparing the calculated quality index calculated based on the quality index of each of the plurality of frames and the quality index of the frame that is the current determination target of any of the plurality of frames, the frame that is the current determination target , Estimating whether the time limit frame or a time frame other than the time limit frame, Estimating what frame pattern as the predetermined frame pattern by performing constant for a plurality of frames are used, the frame pattern estimated at each base station reported to the master node,
The master node is configured to re-estimate the frame pattern based on a plurality of frame patterns reported from each base station, and notify each base station of the re-estimated frame pattern. - 当該マスタノードは前記基地局のなかから選別した何れかの基地局であることを特徴とする請求項24記載のマスタノード。 The master node according to claim 24, wherein the master node is any one of the base stations selected from the base stations.
- 当該マスタノードは前記基地局とは別途に設けられたサーバ装置であることを特徴とする請求項24記載のマスタノード。 25. The master node according to claim 24, wherein the master node is a server device provided separately from the base station.
- 第1のエリアでの無線通信に対して干渉を与える無線通信が行われる第2のエリアでは、所定のフレームパターンに基づいて無線通信を制限されるフレームである制限時間フレームと制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームとを切り替える、という状況下にて、
サーバ装置が、前記第2のエリアにて使用され得る前記所定のフレームパターンを決定し、決定した所定のフレームパターンをリストとして制限時間フレームパターン推定装置に送信し、
前記制限時間フレームパターン推定装置が、前記第1のエリアにて少なくとも前記第2のエリアからの信号を測定することにより複数フレームのそれぞれについて品質指標を算出し、前記算出した複数フレームのそれぞれの品質指標に基づいて算出した算出品質指標と、前記複数フレームの何れかであって今回判定対象とするフレームの品質指標とを比較することによって、前記今回判定対象とするフレームが、前記制限時間フレームと、前記制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームとの何れであるかを推定し、該推定を複数のフレームについて行うことにより前記所定のフレームパターンとしてどのようなフレームパターンが使用されているかを推定したフレームパターンに基づいて前記リスト内のフレームパターンを選択することにより、前記フレームパターンを再度推定することを特徴とするシステムにおける前記サーバ装置。 In the second area in which radio communication that interferes with radio communication in the first area is performed, a time frame other than the time limit frame and the time limit frame that are frames for which radio communication is restricted based on a predetermined frame pattern In the situation of switching between time frames,
The server device determines the predetermined frame pattern that can be used in the second area, transmits the determined predetermined frame pattern as a list to the time limit frame pattern estimation device,
The time limit frame pattern estimation device calculates a quality index for each of a plurality of frames by measuring a signal from at least the second area in the first area, and each quality of the calculated plurality of frames By comparing the calculated quality index calculated based on the index and the quality index of the frame that is one of the plurality of frames that is the current determination target, the frame that is the current determination target is the time limit frame A frame pattern in which a frame other than the time limit frame is estimated and a frame pattern used as the predetermined frame pattern is estimated by performing the estimation on a plurality of frames. By selecting a frame pattern in the list based on It said server apparatus in a system and estimates the serial frame pattern again. - 第1のエリアでの無線通信に対して干渉を与える無線通信が行われる第2のエリアでは、所定のフレームパターンに基づいて無線通信を制限されるフレームである制限時間フレームと制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームとを切り替える、という状況下にて、
前記第2のエリアの基地局が、前記第2のエリアにて使用され得る前記所定のフレームパターンを決定し、決定した所定のフレームパターンをリストとして制限時間フレームパターン推定装置に送信し、
前記制限時間フレームパターン推定装置が、前記第1のエリアにて少なくとも前記第2のエリアからの信号を測定することにより複数フレームのそれぞれについて品質指標を算出し、前記算出した複数フレームのそれぞれの品質指標に基づいて算出した算出品質指標と、前記複数フレームの何れかであって今回判定対象とするフレームの品質指標とを比較することによって、前記今回判定対象とするフレームが、前記制限時間フレームと、前記制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームとの何れであるかを推定し、該推定を複数のフレームについて行うことにより前記所定のフレームパターンとしてどのようなフレームパターンが使用されているかを推定したフレームパターンに基づいて前記リスト内のフレームパターンを選択することにより、前記フレームパターンを再度推定することを特徴とするシステムにおける前記第2のエリアの基地局。 In the second area in which radio communication that interferes with radio communication in the first area is performed, a time frame other than the time limit frame and the time limit frame that are frames for which radio communication is restricted based on a predetermined frame pattern In the situation of switching between time frames,
The base station of the second area determines the predetermined frame pattern that can be used in the second area, and transmits the determined predetermined frame pattern as a list to the time limit frame pattern estimation device,
The time limit frame pattern estimation device calculates a quality index for each of a plurality of frames by measuring a signal from at least the second area in the first area, and each quality of the calculated plurality of frames By comparing the calculated quality index calculated based on the index and the quality index of the frame that is one of the plurality of frames that is the current determination target, the frame that is the current determination target is the time limit frame A frame pattern in which a frame other than the time limit frame is estimated and a frame pattern used as the predetermined frame pattern is estimated by performing the estimation on a plurality of frames. By selecting a frame pattern in the list based on The base station of the second area in the system and estimates the serial frame pattern again. - 第1のエリアでの無線通信に対して干渉を与える無線通信が行われる第2のエリアでは、所定のフレームパターンに基づいて無線通信を制限されるフレームである制限時間フレームと制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームとを切り替える、という状況下にて、前記第1のエリアにて少なくとも前記第2のエリアからの信号を測定することにより複数フレームのそれぞれについて品質指標を算出し、前記算出した複数フレームそれぞれの品質指標に基づいて算出した算出品質指標と、前記複数フレームの何れかであって今回判定対象とするフレームの品質指標とを比較することによって、前記今回判定対象とするフレームが、前記制限時間フレームと、前記制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームとの何れであるかを推定し、該推定を複数のフレームについて行うことにより前記所定のフレームパターンとしてどのようなフレームパターンが使用されているかを推定する制限時間フレームパターン推定装置としてコンピュータを機能させることを特徴とする制限時間フレーム推定プログラム。 In the second area in which radio communication that interferes with radio communication in the first area is performed, a time frame other than the time limit frame and the time limit frame that are frames for which radio communication is restricted based on a predetermined frame pattern Under the situation of switching between time frames, a quality index is calculated for each of a plurality of frames by measuring a signal from at least the second area in the first area, and each of the calculated plurality of frames By comparing the calculated quality index calculated based on the quality index of the frame and the quality index of the frame that is the current determination target among any of the plurality of frames, the frame that is the current determination target It is estimated whether the frame is a time frame other than the time limit frame, and the estimation is performed on a plurality of frames. Said predetermined what time limit frame estimation program frame pattern is characterized by causing a computer to function as the time limit frame pattern estimating device for estimating or being used as a frame pattern by performing the over-time.
- 複数の第1のエリアそれぞれでの無線通信に対して干渉を与える無線通信が行われる第2のエリアでは、所定のフレームパターンに基づいて無線通信を制限されるフレームである制限時間フレームと制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームとを切り替える、という状況下にて、前記複数の第1のエリアの基地局が行う制限時間フレームパターン推定方法であって、
前記複数の第1のエリアの基地局それぞれが少なくとも前記第2のエリアからの信号を測定することにより複数フレームのそれぞれについて品質指標を算出し、前記算出した複数フレームそれぞれの品質指標に基づいて算出した算出品質指標と、前記複数フレームの何れかであって今回判定対象とするフレームの品質指標とを比較することによって、前記今回判定対象とするフレームが、前記制限時間フレームと、前記制限時間フレーム以外の時間フレームとの何れであるかを推定し、該推定を複数のフレームについて行うことにより前記所定のフレームパターンとしてどのようなフレームパターンが使用されているかを推定し、前記各基地局間にて推定したフレームパターンを通知しあい、前記各基地局は該基地局自身が推定したフレームパターンと他の基地局から通知されたフレームパターンとの双方に基づいて前記フレームパターンを再度推定することを特徴とする制限時間フレームパターン推定方法。 In a second area where radio communication that interferes with radio communication in each of the plurality of first areas is performed, a time limit frame and a time limit that are frames in which the radio communication is restricted based on a predetermined frame pattern A time limit frame pattern estimation method performed by the base stations in the plurality of first areas under the situation of switching between time frames other than frames,
Each of the base stations of the plurality of first areas calculates a quality index for each of a plurality of frames by measuring at least a signal from the second area, and is calculated based on the calculated quality index of each of the plurality of frames. The calculated quality index is compared with the quality index of the frame that is the current determination target among any of the plurality of frames, so that the current determination target frame is the time limit frame and the time limit frame. Is estimated for a plurality of frames to estimate what frame pattern is used as the predetermined frame pattern, and between the base stations. Each of the base stations notifies the frame pattern estimated by the base station itself. Time limit frame pattern estimation method characterized by re-estimating the frame pattern based on both the turn and the other notified frame pattern from the base station.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2015529411A JPWO2015015856A1 (en) | 2013-07-30 | 2014-05-09 | Time limit frame pattern estimation method, time limit frame pattern estimation device, system thereof, and program thereof |
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2013157873 | 2013-07-30 | ||
JP2013-157873 | 2013-07-30 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2015015856A1 true WO2015015856A1 (en) | 2015-02-05 |
Family
ID=52431403
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/JP2014/062427 WO2015015856A1 (en) | 2013-07-30 | 2014-05-09 | Restriction-time frame pattern estimation method, restriction-time frame pattern estimation device, and system and program for same |
Country Status (2)
Country | Link |
---|---|
JP (1) | JPWO2015015856A1 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2015015856A1 (en) |
Citations (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20120113843A1 (en) * | 2010-11-05 | 2012-05-10 | Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc. | Methods, apparatus and systems for applying almost blank subframe (abs) patterns |
WO2012062196A1 (en) * | 2010-11-08 | 2012-05-18 | Mediatek Inc. | Method for ue pattern indication and measurement for interference coordination |
JP2013038586A (en) * | 2011-08-08 | 2013-02-21 | Sony Corp | Wireless base station, wireless terminal, signal measurement method, and computer program |
WO2013038716A1 (en) * | 2011-09-16 | 2013-03-21 | パナソニック株式会社 | Wireless transmission device, wireless reception device, and wireless communication method |
-
2014
- 2014-05-09 JP JP2015529411A patent/JPWO2015015856A1/en active Pending
- 2014-05-09 WO PCT/JP2014/062427 patent/WO2015015856A1/en active Application Filing
Patent Citations (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20120113843A1 (en) * | 2010-11-05 | 2012-05-10 | Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc. | Methods, apparatus and systems for applying almost blank subframe (abs) patterns |
WO2012062196A1 (en) * | 2010-11-08 | 2012-05-18 | Mediatek Inc. | Method for ue pattern indication and measurement for interference coordination |
JP2013038586A (en) * | 2011-08-08 | 2013-02-21 | Sony Corp | Wireless base station, wireless terminal, signal measurement method, and computer program |
WO2013038716A1 (en) * | 2011-09-16 | 2013-03-21 | パナソニック株式会社 | Wireless transmission device, wireless reception device, and wireless communication method |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
JPWO2015015856A1 (en) | 2017-03-02 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
JP6518825B2 (en) | Wireless communication terminal, wireless communication method and integrated circuit | |
JP6569072B2 (en) | Communication system and transmission / reception method | |
US8965435B2 (en) | Wireless resource setting method, wireless communication system, wireless base station, and program | |
JP6274439B2 (en) | Channel quality estimation method, radio communication system, base station, and program | |
KR101548577B1 (en) | Method, device, and system for reporting channel quality indicator | |
CN106028393B (en) | communication device | |
US9615366B2 (en) | Radio resource setting method, base station, radio resource setting system, and non-transitory computer readable medium | |
US20120113850A1 (en) | Method and apparatus for measuring channel state information | |
KR20150089890A (en) | Method and apparatus for compensating channel quality information and allocation resource in wireless communication system | |
KR20140090351A (en) | Method and apparatus for managing uplink adaptive modulation and coding in the mobile communication system | |
US9554379B2 (en) | Method and network node for link adaptation in a wireless communications network | |
JP6287851B2 (en) | Radio resource setting method, base station, radio resource setting system, and program | |
US20240007944A1 (en) | Non-collocated scell selection for carrier aggregation | |
CN107006019A (en) | A kind of data transmission method and device | |
US9363762B2 (en) | Method and device for determining transmission power | |
TWI554065B (en) | Communication Information Exchange Device and Method in Multi - point Collaboration | |
JPWO2015194553A1 (en) | Wireless base station, control device, mobile station | |
WO2015015856A1 (en) | Restriction-time frame pattern estimation method, restriction-time frame pattern estimation device, and system and program for same | |
JP2013118512A (en) | Base station, transmission power setting method and base station control program | |
CN103477578A (en) | Reliability of interference information exchanged among access nodes | |
JP5378337B2 (en) | Wireless communication system | |
CN103987089B (en) | The channel quality index uploading method of ABS mechanism is not lined up | |
CN104348584A (en) | Method for realizing channel quality feedback and prediction by aiming at ABS (almost blank subframe) mechanism | |
WO2014073131A1 (en) | Wireless-resource setting method, system, base station, and non-transitory computer-readable medium | |
WO2024066620A1 (en) | Beam indication method and apparatus, and storage medium |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 14831851 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 2015529411 Country of ref document: JP Kind code of ref document: A |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 14831851 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |